Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/term.c @ 53227:1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
* src/term.c (clear_end_of_line): Use updating_frame instead of selected_frame.
(set_scroll_region, clear_to_end, clear_frame, tty_show_cursor): Ditto.
(tty_hide_cursor, turn_on_highlight, turn_off_highlight): Ditto.
(turn_on_insert, turn_off_insert): Ditto.
git-archimport-id: lorentey@elte.hu--2004/emacs--multi-tty--0--patch-3
author | Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 25 Dec 2003 07:29:18 +0000 |
parents | dd3018b4785b |
children | 33c3c7c16e13 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Terminal control module for terminals described by TERMCAP |
45548 | 2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 93, 94, 95, 98, 2000, 2001, 2002 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
253 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
621 | 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
253 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
253 | 21 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
22 /* New redisplay, TTY faces by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */ |
253 | 23 |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7649
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <config.h> |
253 | 25 #include <stdio.h> |
26 #include <ctype.h> | |
25002 | 27 #include <string.h> |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
28 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
29 #include <sys/file.h> |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
30 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "systty.h" /* For emacs_tty in termchar.h */ |
253 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
34 #include "lisp.h" | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "charset.h" |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "coding.h" |
31102
6a0caa788013
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30848
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "keyboard.h" |
765 | 38 #include "frame.h" |
253 | 39 #include "disptab.h" |
40 #include "termhooks.h" | |
21514 | 41 #include "dispextern.h" |
25002 | 42 #include "window.h" |
39697
0b986bb45526
Include keymap.h.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
43 #include "keymap.h" |
25002 | 44 |
33672
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
45 /* For now, don't try to include termcap.h. On some systems, |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
46 configure finds a non-standard termcap.h that the main build |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
47 won't find. */ |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
48 |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
49 #if defined HAVE_TERMCAP_H && 0 |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
50 #include <termcap.h> |
29929
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
51 #else |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
52 extern void tputs P_ ((const char *, int, int (*)(int))); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
53 extern int tgetent P_ ((char *, const char *)); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
54 extern int tgetflag P_ ((char *id)); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
55 extern int tgetnum P_ ((char *id)); |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
56 #endif |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
57 |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
58 #include "cm.h" |
21514 | 59 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
60 #include "xterm.h" | |
61 #endif | |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44372
diff
changeset
|
62 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
31829
diff
changeset
|
63 #include "macterm.h" |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
31829
diff
changeset
|
64 #endif |
8898 | 65 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
66 #ifndef O_RDWR |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
67 #define O_RDWR 2 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
68 #endif |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
69 |
25002 | 70 static void turn_on_face P_ ((struct frame *, int face_id)); |
71 static void turn_off_face P_ ((struct frame *, int face_id)); | |
72 static void tty_show_cursor P_ ((void)); | |
73 static void tty_hide_cursor P_ ((void)); | |
74 | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
75 #define OUTPUT(tty, a) \ |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
76 emacs_tputs ((tty), a, (int) (FRAME_LINES (XFRAME (selected_frame)) - curY), cmputc) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
77 #define OUTPUT1(tty, a) emacs_tputs ((tty), a, 1, cmputc) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
78 #define OUTPUTL(tty, a, lines) emacs_tputs ((tty), a, lines, cmputc) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
79 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
80 #define OUTPUT_IF(tty, a) \ |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
81 do { \ |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
82 if (a) \ |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
83 emacs_tputs ((tty), a, (int) (FRAME_LINES (XFRAME (selected_frame)) \ |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
84 - curY), cmputc); \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
85 } while (0) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
86 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
87 #define OUTPUT1_IF(tty, a) do { if (a) emacs_tputs ((tty), a, 1, cmputc); } while (0) |
253 | 88 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
89 /* Function to use to ring the bell. */ |
25002 | 90 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
91 Lisp_Object Vring_bell_function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
92 |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
93 /* Terminal characteristics that higher levels want to look at. */ |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
94 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
95 struct tty_output *tty_list; |
253 | 96 |
765 | 97 /* Nonzero means no need to redraw the entire frame on resuming |
253 | 98 a suspended Emacs. This is useful on terminals with multiple pages, |
99 where one page is used for Emacs and another for all else. */ | |
100 int no_redraw_on_reenter; | |
101 | |
102 /* Hook functions that you can set to snap out the functions in this file. | |
103 These are all extern'd in termhooks.h */ | |
104 | |
21514 | 105 void (*cursor_to_hook) P_ ((int, int)); |
106 void (*raw_cursor_to_hook) P_ ((int, int)); | |
107 void (*clear_to_end_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
108 void (*clear_frame_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
109 void (*clear_end_of_line_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
253 | 110 |
21514 | 111 void (*ins_del_lines_hook) P_ ((int, int)); |
253 | 112 |
21514 | 113 void (*delete_glyphs_hook) P_ ((int)); |
253 | 114 |
21514 | 115 void (*ring_bell_hook) P_ ((void)); |
253 | 116 |
21514 | 117 void (*reset_terminal_modes_hook) P_ ((void)); |
118 void (*set_terminal_modes_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
119 void (*update_begin_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
120 void (*update_end_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
121 void (*set_terminal_window_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
25002 | 122 void (*insert_glyphs_hook) P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
123 void (*write_glyphs_hook) P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); | |
124 void (*delete_glyphs_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
253 | 125 |
21514 | 126 int (*read_socket_hook) P_ ((int, struct input_event *, int, int)); |
253 | 127 |
21514 | 128 void (*frame_up_to_date_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); |
6652
a537d9d83e52
(frame_up_to_date_hook): Defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6250
diff
changeset
|
129 |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
130 /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
131 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
132 Set *f to the frame the mouse is in, or zero if the mouse is in no |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
133 Emacs frame. If it is set to zero, all the other arguments are |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
134 garbage. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
135 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
136 If the motion started in a scroll bar, set *bar_window to the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
137 scroll bar's window, *part to the part the mouse is currently over, |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
138 *x to the position of the mouse along the scroll bar, and *y to the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
139 overall length of the scroll bar. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
140 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
141 Otherwise, set *bar_window to Qnil, and *x and *y to the column and |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
142 row of the character cell the mouse is over. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
143 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
144 Set *time to the time the mouse was at the returned position. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
145 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
146 This should clear mouse_moved until the next motion |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
147 event arrives. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
148 |
21514 | 149 void (*mouse_position_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR *f, int insist, |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
150 Lisp_Object *bar_window, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
151 enum scroll_bar_part *part, |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
152 Lisp_Object *x, |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
153 Lisp_Object *y, |
21514 | 154 unsigned long *time)); |
253 | 155 |
765 | 156 /* When reading from a minibuffer in a different frame, Emacs wants |
25002 | 157 to shift the highlight from the selected frame to the mini-buffer's |
765 | 158 frame; under X, this means it lies about where the focus is. |
339 | 159 This hook tells the window system code to re-decide where to put |
160 the highlight. */ | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
161 |
21514 | 162 void (*frame_rehighlight_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR f)); |
339 | 163 |
1821
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
164 /* If we're displaying frames using a window system that can stack |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
165 frames on top of each other, this hook allows you to bring a frame |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
166 to the front, or bury it behind all the other windows. If this |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
167 hook is zero, that means the device we're displaying on doesn't |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
168 support overlapping frames, so there's no need to raise or lower |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
169 anything. |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
170 |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
171 If RAISE is non-zero, F is brought to the front, before all other |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
172 windows. If RAISE is zero, F is sent to the back, behind all other |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
173 windows. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
174 |
21514 | 175 void (*frame_raise_lower_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR f, int raise)); |
1821
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
176 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
177 /* Set the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to have its upper left corner |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
178 at (TOP, LEFT), and be LENGTH rows high. Set its handle to |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
179 indicate that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
180 of WHOLE characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW doesn't yet |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
181 have a scroll bar, create one for it. */ |
25002 | 182 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
183 void (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) |
21514 | 184 P_ ((struct window *window, |
185 int portion, int whole, int position)); | |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
186 |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
187 |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
188 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
189 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
190 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
191 away is a real pain - can you say set-window-configuration? |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
192 Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay that *all* |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
193 scroll bars are to be removed, and then save scroll bars from the |
14036 | 194 fiery pit when we actually redisplay their window. */ |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
195 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
196 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
197 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
198 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
199 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
200 This should be applied to each frame each time its window tree is |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
201 redisplayed, even if it is not displaying scroll bars at the moment; |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
202 if the HAS_SCROLL_BARS flag has just been turned off, only calling |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
203 this and the judge_scroll_bars_hook will get rid of them. |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
204 |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
205 If non-zero, this hook should be safe to apply to any frame, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
206 whether or not it can support scroll bars, and whether or not it is |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
207 currently displaying them. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
208 |
21514 | 209 void (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR frame)); |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
210 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
211 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle. |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
212 Note that it's okay to redeem a scroll bar that is not condemned. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
213 |
21514 | 214 void (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) P_ ((struct window *window)); |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
215 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
216 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
217 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
218 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
219 This should be applied to each frame after each time its window |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
220 tree is redisplayed, even if it is not displaying scroll bars at the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
221 moment; if the HAS_SCROLL_BARS flag has just been turned off, only |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
222 calling this and condemn_scroll_bars_hook will get rid of them. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
223 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
224 If non-zero, this hook should be safe to apply to any frame, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
225 whether or not it can support scroll bars, and whether or not it is |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
226 currently displaying them. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
227 |
21514 | 228 void (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR FRAME)); |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
229 |
253 | 230 /* Strings, numbers and flags taken from the termcap entry. */ |
231 | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
232 char *TS_ins_line; /* "al" */ |
253 | 233 char *TS_ins_multi_lines; /* "AL" (one parameter, # lines to insert) */ |
234 char *TS_bell; /* "bl" */ | |
235 char *TS_clr_to_bottom; /* "cd" */ | |
236 char *TS_clr_line; /* "ce", clear to end of line */ | |
765 | 237 char *TS_clr_frame; /* "cl" */ |
253 | 238 char *TS_set_scroll_region; /* "cs" (2 params, first line and last line) */ |
239 char *TS_set_scroll_region_1; /* "cS" (4 params: total lines, | |
240 lines above scroll region, lines below it, | |
241 total lines again) */ | |
242 char *TS_del_char; /* "dc" */ | |
243 char *TS_del_multi_chars; /* "DC" (one parameter, # chars to delete) */ | |
244 char *TS_del_line; /* "dl" */ | |
245 char *TS_del_multi_lines; /* "DL" (one parameter, # lines to delete) */ | |
246 char *TS_delete_mode; /* "dm", enter character-delete mode */ | |
247 char *TS_end_delete_mode; /* "ed", leave character-delete mode */ | |
248 char *TS_end_insert_mode; /* "ei", leave character-insert mode */ | |
249 char *TS_ins_char; /* "ic" */ | |
250 char *TS_ins_multi_chars; /* "IC" (one parameter, # chars to insert) */ | |
251 char *TS_insert_mode; /* "im", enter character-insert mode */ | |
252 char *TS_pad_inserted_char; /* "ip". Just padding, no commands. */ | |
253 char *TS_end_keypad_mode; /* "ke" */ | |
254 char *TS_keypad_mode; /* "ks" */ | |
255 char *TS_pad_char; /* "pc", char to use as padding */ | |
256 char *TS_repeat; /* "rp" (2 params, # times to repeat | |
257 and character to be repeated) */ | |
258 char *TS_end_standout_mode; /* "se" */ | |
259 char *TS_fwd_scroll; /* "sf" */ | |
260 char *TS_standout_mode; /* "so" */ | |
261 char *TS_rev_scroll; /* "sr" */ | |
262 char *TS_end_termcap_modes; /* "te" */ | |
263 char *TS_termcap_modes; /* "ti" */ | |
264 char *TS_visible_bell; /* "vb" */ | |
25002 | 265 char *TS_cursor_normal; /* "ve" */ |
266 char *TS_cursor_visible; /* "vs" */ | |
267 char *TS_cursor_invisible; /* "vi" */ | |
253 | 268 char *TS_set_window; /* "wi" (4 params, start and end of window, |
269 each as vpos and hpos) */ | |
270 | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
271 /* Value of the "NC" (no_color_video) capability, or 0 if not |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
272 present. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
273 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
274 static int TN_no_color_video; |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
275 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
276 /* Meaning of bits in no_color_video. Each bit set means that the |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
277 corresponding attribute cannot be combined with colors. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
278 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
279 enum no_color_bit |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
280 { |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
281 NC_STANDOUT = 1 << 0, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
282 NC_UNDERLINE = 1 << 1, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
283 NC_REVERSE = 1 << 2, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
284 NC_BLINK = 1 << 3, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
285 NC_DIM = 1 << 4, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
286 NC_BOLD = 1 << 5, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
287 NC_INVIS = 1 << 6, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
288 NC_PROTECT = 1 << 7, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
289 NC_ALT_CHARSET = 1 << 8 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
290 }; |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
291 |
25002 | 292 /* "md" -- turn on bold (extra bright mode). */ |
293 | |
294 char *TS_enter_bold_mode; | |
295 | |
296 /* "mh" -- turn on half-bright mode. */ | |
297 | |
298 char *TS_enter_dim_mode; | |
299 | |
300 /* "mb" -- enter blinking mode. */ | |
301 | |
302 char *TS_enter_blink_mode; | |
303 | |
304 /* "mr" -- enter reverse video mode. */ | |
305 | |
306 char *TS_enter_reverse_mode; | |
307 | |
308 /* "us"/"ue" -- start/end underlining. */ | |
309 | |
310 char *TS_exit_underline_mode, *TS_enter_underline_mode; | |
311 | |
312 /* "as"/"ae" -- start/end alternate character set. Not really | |
313 supported, yet. */ | |
314 | |
315 char *TS_enter_alt_charset_mode, *TS_exit_alt_charset_mode; | |
316 | |
317 /* "me" -- switch appearances off. */ | |
318 | |
319 char *TS_exit_attribute_mode; | |
320 | |
321 /* "Co" -- number of colors. */ | |
322 | |
323 int TN_max_colors; | |
324 | |
325 /* "pa" -- max. number of color pairs on screen. Not handled yet. | |
326 Could be a problem if not equal to TN_max_colors * TN_max_colors. */ | |
327 | |
328 int TN_max_pairs; | |
329 | |
330 /* "op" -- SVr4 set default pair to its original value. */ | |
331 | |
332 char *TS_orig_pair; | |
333 | |
334 /* "AF"/"AB" or "Sf"/"Sb"-- set ANSI or SVr4 foreground/background color. | |
335 1 param, the color index. */ | |
336 | |
337 char *TS_set_foreground, *TS_set_background; | |
338 | |
253 | 339 int TF_hazeltine; /* termcap hz flag. */ |
340 int TF_insmode_motion; /* termcap mi flag: can move while in insert mode. */ | |
341 int TF_standout_motion; /* termcap mi flag: can move while in standout mode. */ | |
25002 | 342 int TF_underscore; /* termcap ul flag: _ underlines if over-struck on |
343 non-blank position. Must clear before writing _. */ | |
253 | 344 int TF_teleray; /* termcap xt flag: many weird consequences. |
345 For t1061. */ | |
346 | |
347 static int RPov; /* # chars to start a TS_repeat */ | |
348 | |
349 static int delete_in_insert_mode; /* delete mode == insert mode */ | |
350 | |
351 static int se_is_so; /* 1 if same string both enters and leaves | |
352 standout mode */ | |
353 | |
354 /* internal state */ | |
355 | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
356 /* The largest frame width in any call to calculate_costs. */ |
25002 | 357 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
358 int max_frame_cols; |
25002 | 359 |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
360 /* The largest frame height in any call to calculate_costs. */ |
25002 | 361 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
362 int max_frame_lines; |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
363 |
46114
aec8f44db426
term.c (costs_set): Declare static, non-initialized for pcc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
45548
diff
changeset
|
364 static int costs_set; /* Nonzero if costs have been calculated. */ |
253 | 365 |
366 int insert_mode; /* Nonzero when in insert mode. */ | |
367 int standout_mode; /* Nonzero when in standout mode. */ | |
368 | |
369 /* Size of window specified by higher levels. | |
765 | 370 This is the number of lines, from the top of frame downwards, |
253 | 371 which can participate in insert-line/delete-line operations. |
372 | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
373 Effectively it excludes the bottom frame_lines - specified_window_size |
253 | 374 lines from those operations. */ |
375 | |
376 int specified_window; | |
377 | |
765 | 378 /* Frame currently being redisplayed; 0 if not currently redisplaying. |
253 | 379 (Direct output does not count). */ |
380 | |
765 | 381 FRAME_PTR updating_frame; |
253 | 382 |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
383 /* Provided for lisp packages. */ |
25002 | 384 |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
385 static int system_uses_terminfo; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
386 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
387 /* Flag used in tty_show/hide_cursor. */ |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
388 |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
389 static int tty_cursor_hidden; |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
390 |
253 | 391 char *tparam (); |
8612
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
392 |
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
393 extern char *tgetstr (); |
253 | 394 |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
395 |
35448
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
396 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
397 /* We aren't X windows, but we aren't termcap either. This makes me |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
398 uncertain as to what value to use for frame.output_method. For |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
399 this file, we'll define FRAME_TERMCAP_P to be zero so that our |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
400 output hooks get called instead of the termcap functions. Probably |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
401 the best long-term solution is to define an output_windows_nt... */ |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
402 |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
403 #undef FRAME_TERMCAP_P |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
404 #define FRAME_TERMCAP_P(_f_) 0 |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
405 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */ |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
406 |
21514 | 407 void |
253 | 408 ring_bell () |
409 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
410 if (!NILP (Vring_bell_function)) |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
411 { |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
412 Lisp_Object function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
413 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
414 /* Temporarily set the global variable to nil |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
415 so that if we get an error, it stays nil |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
416 and we don't call it over and over. |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
417 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
418 We don't specbind it, because that would carefully |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
419 restore the bad value if there's an error |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
420 and make the loop of errors happen anyway. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
421 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
422 function = Vring_bell_function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
423 Vring_bell_function = Qnil; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
424 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
425 call0 (function); |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
426 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
427 Vring_bell_function = function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
428 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
429 else if (!FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
430 (*ring_bell_hook) (); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
431 else { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
432 OUTPUT (CURTTY (), TS_visible_bell && visible_bell ? TS_visible_bell : TS_bell); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
433 } |
253 | 434 } |
435 | |
21514 | 436 void |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
437 set_terminal_modes (struct tty_output *tty) |
253 | 438 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
439 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
253 | 440 { |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
441 OUTPUT_IF (tty, TS_termcap_modes); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
442 OUTPUT_IF (tty, TS_cursor_visible); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
443 OUTPUT_IF (tty, TS_keypad_mode); |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
444 losecursor (); |
253 | 445 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
446 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
447 (*set_terminal_modes_hook) (); |
253 | 448 } |
449 | |
21514 | 450 void |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
451 reset_terminal_modes (struct tty_output *tty) |
253 | 452 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
453 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
253 | 454 { |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
455 turn_off_highlight (); |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
456 turn_off_insert (); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
457 OUTPUT_IF (tty, TS_end_keypad_mode); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
458 OUTPUT_IF (tty, TS_cursor_normal); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
459 OUTPUT_IF (tty, TS_end_termcap_modes); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
460 OUTPUT_IF (tty, TS_orig_pair); |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
461 /* Output raw CR so kernel can track the cursor hpos. */ |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
462 current_tty = tty; |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
463 cmputc ('\r'); |
253 | 464 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
465 else if (reset_terminal_modes_hook) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
466 (*reset_terminal_modes_hook) (); |
253 | 467 } |
468 | |
21514 | 469 void |
765 | 470 update_begin (f) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
471 struct frame *f; |
253 | 472 { |
765 | 473 updating_frame = f; |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
474 if (!FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
475 update_begin_hook (f); |
253 | 476 } |
477 | |
21514 | 478 void |
765 | 479 update_end (f) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
480 struct frame *f; |
253 | 481 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
482 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 483 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
484 if (!XWINDOW (selected_window)->cursor_off_p) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
485 tty_show_cursor (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
486 turn_off_insert (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
487 background_highlight (); |
253 | 488 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
489 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
490 update_end_hook (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
491 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
492 updating_frame = NULL; |
253 | 493 } |
494 | |
21514 | 495 void |
253 | 496 set_terminal_window (size) |
497 int size; | |
498 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
499 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 500 { |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
501 specified_window = size ? size : FRAME_LINES (updating_frame); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
502 if (TTY_SCROLL_REGION_OK (FRAME_TTY (updating_frame))) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
503 set_scroll_region (0, specified_window); |
253 | 504 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
505 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
506 set_terminal_window_hook (size); |
253 | 507 } |
508 | |
21514 | 509 void |
253 | 510 set_scroll_region (start, stop) |
511 int start, stop; | |
512 { | |
513 char *buf; | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
514 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
515 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
516 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
517 |
253 | 518 if (TS_set_scroll_region) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
519 buf = tparam (TS_set_scroll_region, 0, 0, start, stop - 1); |
253 | 520 else if (TS_set_scroll_region_1) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
521 buf = tparam (TS_set_scroll_region_1, 0, 0, |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
522 FRAME_LINES (f), start, |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
523 FRAME_LINES (f) - stop, |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
524 FRAME_LINES (f)); |
253 | 525 else |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
526 buf = tparam (TS_set_window, 0, 0, start, 0, stop, FRAME_COLS (f)); |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
527 |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
528 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f), buf); |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
529 xfree (buf); |
253 | 530 losecursor (); |
531 } | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
532 |
253 | 533 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
534 static void |
253 | 535 turn_on_insert () |
536 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
537 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
538 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
539 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
253 | 540 if (!insert_mode) |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
541 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_insert_mode); |
253 | 542 insert_mode = 1; |
543 } | |
544 | |
21514 | 545 void |
253 | 546 turn_off_insert () |
547 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
548 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
549 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
550 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
253 | 551 if (insert_mode) |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
552 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_end_insert_mode); |
253 | 553 insert_mode = 0; |
554 } | |
555 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
556 /* Handle highlighting. */ |
253 | 557 |
21514 | 558 void |
253 | 559 turn_off_highlight () |
560 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
561 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
562 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
563 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
564 if (standout_mode) |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
565 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_end_standout_mode); |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
566 standout_mode = 0; |
253 | 567 } |
568 | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
569 static void |
253 | 570 turn_on_highlight () |
571 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
572 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
573 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
574 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
575 if (!standout_mode) |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
576 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_standout_mode); |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
577 standout_mode = 1; |
253 | 578 } |
579 | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
580 static void |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
581 toggle_highlight () |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
582 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
583 if (standout_mode) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
584 turn_off_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
585 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
586 turn_on_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
587 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
588 |
25002 | 589 |
590 /* Make cursor invisible. */ | |
591 | |
592 static void | |
593 tty_hide_cursor () | |
594 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
595 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
596 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
597 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
598 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
599 if (tty_cursor_hidden == 0) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
600 { |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
601 tty_cursor_hidden = 1; |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
602 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_cursor_invisible); |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
603 } |
25002 | 604 } |
605 | |
606 | |
607 /* Ensure that cursor is visible. */ | |
608 | |
609 static void | |
610 tty_show_cursor () | |
611 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
612 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
613 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
614 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
615 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
616 if (tty_cursor_hidden) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
617 { |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
618 tty_cursor_hidden = 0; |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
619 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_cursor_normal); |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
620 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_cursor_visible); |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
621 } |
25002 | 622 } |
623 | |
624 | |
253 | 625 /* Set standout mode to the state it should be in for |
626 empty space inside windows. What this is, | |
627 depends on the user option inverse-video. */ | |
628 | |
21514 | 629 void |
253 | 630 background_highlight () |
631 { | |
632 if (inverse_video) | |
633 turn_on_highlight (); | |
634 else | |
635 turn_off_highlight (); | |
636 } | |
637 | |
638 /* Set standout mode to the mode specified for the text to be output. */ | |
639 | |
21514 | 640 static void |
253 | 641 highlight_if_desired () |
642 { | |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
643 if (inverse_video) |
253 | 644 turn_on_highlight (); |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
645 else |
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
646 turn_off_highlight (); |
253 | 647 } |
648 | |
649 | |
25002 | 650 /* Move cursor to row/column position VPOS/HPOS. HPOS/VPOS are |
651 frame-relative coordinates. */ | |
253 | 652 |
21514 | 653 void |
25002 | 654 cursor_to (vpos, hpos) |
655 int vpos, hpos; | |
253 | 656 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
657 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : XFRAME (selected_frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
658 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
659 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && cursor_to_hook) |
253 | 660 { |
25002 | 661 (*cursor_to_hook) (vpos, hpos); |
253 | 662 return; |
663 } | |
664 | |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
665 /* Detect the case where we are called from reset_sys_modes |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
666 and the costs have never been calculated. Do nothing. */ |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
667 if (! costs_set) |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
668 return; |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
669 |
25002 | 670 if (curY == vpos && curX == hpos) |
253 | 671 return; |
672 if (!TF_standout_motion) | |
673 background_highlight (); | |
674 if (!TF_insmode_motion) | |
675 turn_off_insert (); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
676 cmgoto (FRAME_TTY (f), vpos, hpos); |
253 | 677 } |
678 | |
679 /* Similar but don't take any account of the wasted characters. */ | |
680 | |
21514 | 681 void |
253 | 682 raw_cursor_to (row, col) |
621 | 683 int row, col; |
253 | 684 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
685 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
686 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 687 { |
688 (*raw_cursor_to_hook) (row, col); | |
689 return; | |
690 } | |
691 if (curY == row && curX == col) | |
692 return; | |
693 if (!TF_standout_motion) | |
694 background_highlight (); | |
695 if (!TF_insmode_motion) | |
696 turn_off_insert (); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
697 cmgoto (FRAME_TTY (f), row, col); |
253 | 698 } |
699 | |
700 /* Erase operations */ | |
701 | |
765 | 702 /* clear from cursor to end of frame */ |
21514 | 703 void |
253 | 704 clear_to_end () |
705 { | |
706 register int i; | |
707 | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
708 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
709 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
710 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
711 |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
712 if (clear_to_end_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 713 { |
714 (*clear_to_end_hook) (); | |
715 return; | |
716 } | |
717 if (TS_clr_to_bottom) | |
718 { | |
719 background_highlight (); | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
720 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_clr_to_bottom); |
253 | 721 } |
722 else | |
723 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
724 for (i = curY; i < FRAME_LINES (f); i++) |
253 | 725 { |
726 cursor_to (i, 0); | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
727 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_COLS (f)); |
253 | 728 } |
729 } | |
730 } | |
731 | |
765 | 732 /* Clear entire frame */ |
253 | 733 |
21514 | 734 void |
765 | 735 clear_frame () |
253 | 736 { |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
737 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
738 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
739 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
740 |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
741 if (clear_frame_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 742 { |
765 | 743 (*clear_frame_hook) (); |
253 | 744 return; |
745 } | |
765 | 746 if (TS_clr_frame) |
253 | 747 { |
748 background_highlight (); | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
749 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_clr_frame); |
253 | 750 cmat (0, 0); |
751 } | |
752 else | |
753 { | |
754 cursor_to (0, 0); | |
755 clear_to_end (); | |
756 } | |
757 } | |
758 | |
759 /* Clear from cursor to end of line. | |
760 Assume that the line is already clear starting at column first_unused_hpos. | |
761 | |
762 Note that the cursor may be moved, on terminals lacking a `ce' string. */ | |
763 | |
21514 | 764 void |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
765 clear_end_of_line (first_unused_hpos) |
253 | 766 int first_unused_hpos; |
767 { | |
768 register int i; | |
769 | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
770 struct frame *f = (updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
771 ? updating_frame |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
772 : XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
773 |
253 | 774 if (clear_end_of_line_hook |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
775 && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 776 { |
777 (*clear_end_of_line_hook) (first_unused_hpos); | |
778 return; | |
779 } | |
780 | |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
781 /* Detect the case where we are called from reset_sys_modes |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
782 and the costs have never been calculated. Do nothing. */ |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
783 if (! costs_set) |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
784 return; |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
785 |
253 | 786 if (curX >= first_unused_hpos) |
787 return; | |
788 background_highlight (); | |
789 if (TS_clr_line) | |
790 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
791 OUTPUT1 (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_clr_line); |
253 | 792 } |
793 else | |
794 { /* have to do it the hard way */ | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
795 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
253 | 796 turn_off_insert (); |
797 | |
25002 | 798 /* Do not write in last row last col with Auto-wrap on. */ |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
799 if (AutoWrap && curY == FRAME_LINES (sf) - 1 |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
800 && first_unused_hpos == FRAME_COLS (sf)) |
253 | 801 first_unused_hpos--; |
802 | |
803 for (i = curX; i < first_unused_hpos; i++) | |
804 { | |
53227
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
805 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))) |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
806 fputc (' ', TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
1595c5e1e9bb
Updating_frame vs. selected_frame in term.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
807 fputc (' ', TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
253 | 808 } |
809 cmplus (first_unused_hpos - curX); | |
810 } | |
811 } | |
812 | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
813 /* Encode SRC_LEN glyphs starting at SRC to terminal output codes and |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
814 store them at DST. Do not write more than DST_LEN bytes. That may |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
815 require stopping before all SRC_LEN input glyphs have been |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
816 converted. |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
817 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
818 We store the number of glyphs actually converted in *CONSUMED. The |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
819 return value is the number of bytes store in DST. */ |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
820 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
821 int |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
822 encode_terminal_code (src, dst, src_len, dst_len, consumed) |
25002 | 823 struct glyph *src; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
824 int src_len; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
825 unsigned char *dst; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
826 int dst_len, *consumed; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
827 { |
25002 | 828 struct glyph *src_start = src, *src_end = src + src_len; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
829 unsigned char *dst_start = dst, *dst_end = dst + dst_len; |
17180
364327df6e7c
(encode_terminal_code): Check validity of character code.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
17046
diff
changeset
|
830 register GLYPH g; |
46559
96e8fdfd951d
(encode_terminal_code): Buffer pointer now const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46114
diff
changeset
|
831 unsigned char workbuf[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH]; |
96e8fdfd951d
(encode_terminal_code): Buffer pointer now const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46114
diff
changeset
|
832 const unsigned char *buf; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
833 int len; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
834 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
835 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
836 int result; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
837 struct coding_system *coding; |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
838 |
29448
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
839 /* If terminal_coding does any conversion, use it, otherwise use |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
840 safe_terminal_coding. We can't use CODING_REQUIRE_ENCODING here |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
841 because it always return 1 if the member src_multibyte is 1. */ |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
842 coding = (terminal_coding.common_flags & CODING_REQUIRE_ENCODING_MASK |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
843 ? &terminal_coding |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
844 : &safe_terminal_coding); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
845 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
846 while (src < src_end) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
847 { |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
848 /* We must skip glyphs to be padded for a wide character. */ |
25002 | 849 if (! CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*src)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
850 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
851 g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (src[0]); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
852 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
853 if (g < 0 || g >= tlen) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
854 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
855 /* This glyph doesn't has an entry in Vglyph_table. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
856 if (! CHAR_VALID_P (src->u.ch, 0)) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
857 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
858 len = 1; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
859 buf = " "; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
860 coding->src_multibyte = 0; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
861 } |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
862 else |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
863 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
864 len = CHAR_STRING (src->u.ch, workbuf); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
865 buf = workbuf; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
866 coding->src_multibyte = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
867 } |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
868 } |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
869 else |
19035 | 870 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
871 /* This glyph has an entry in Vglyph_table, |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
872 so process any alias before testing for simpleness. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
873 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
874 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
875 if (GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (tbase, tlen, g)) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
876 { |
27128
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
877 /* We set the multi-byte form of a character in G |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
878 (that should be an ASCII character) at |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
879 WORKBUF. */ |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
880 workbuf[0] = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
881 len = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
882 buf = workbuf; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
883 coding->src_multibyte = 0; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
884 } |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
885 else |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
886 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
887 /* We have a string in Vglyph_table. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
888 len = GLYPH_LENGTH (tbase, g); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
889 buf = GLYPH_STRING (tbase, g); |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
890 coding->src_multibyte = STRING_MULTIBYTE (tbase[g]); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
891 } |
19035 | 892 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
893 |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
894 result = encode_coding (coding, buf, dst, len, dst_end - dst); |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
895 len -= coding->consumed; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
896 dst += coding->produced; |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
897 if (result == CODING_FINISH_INSUFFICIENT_DST |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
898 || (result == CODING_FINISH_INSUFFICIENT_SRC |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
899 && len > dst_end - dst)) |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
900 /* The remaining output buffer is too short. We must |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
901 break the loop here without increasing SRC so that the |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
902 next call of this function starts from the same glyph. */ |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
903 break; |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
904 |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
905 if (len > 0) |
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
906 { |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
907 /* This is the case that a code of the range 0200..0237 |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
908 exists in buf. We must just write out such a code. */ |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
909 buf += coding->consumed; |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
910 while (len--) |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
911 *dst++ = *buf++; |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
912 } |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
913 } |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
914 src++; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
915 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
916 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
917 *consumed = src - src_start; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
918 return (dst - dst_start); |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
919 } |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
920 |
253 | 921 |
21514 | 922 void |
253 | 923 write_glyphs (string, len) |
25002 | 924 register struct glyph *string; |
253 | 925 register int len; |
926 { | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
927 int produced, consumed; |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
928 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
929 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : sf; |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
930 unsigned char conversion_buffer[1024]; |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
931 int conversion_buffer_size = sizeof conversion_buffer; |
253 | 932 |
933 if (write_glyphs_hook | |
25002 | 934 && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 935 { |
936 (*write_glyphs_hook) (string, len); | |
937 return; | |
938 } | |
939 | |
940 turn_off_insert (); | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
941 tty_hide_cursor (); |
253 | 942 |
25002 | 943 /* Don't dare write in last column of bottom line, if Auto-Wrap, |
765 | 944 since that would scroll the whole frame on some terminals. */ |
253 | 945 |
946 if (AutoWrap | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
947 && curY + 1 == FRAME_LINES (sf) |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
948 && (curX + len) == FRAME_COLS (sf)) |
253 | 949 len --; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
950 if (len <= 0) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
951 return; |
253 | 952 |
953 cmplus (len); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
954 |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
955 /* The mode bit CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK should be set to 1 only at |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
956 the tail. */ |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
957 terminal_coding.mode &= ~CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
958 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
959 while (len > 0) |
253 | 960 { |
25002 | 961 /* Identify a run of glyphs with the same face. */ |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
962 int face_id = string->face_id; |
25002 | 963 int n; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
964 |
25002 | 965 for (n = 1; n < len; ++n) |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
966 if (string[n].face_id != face_id) |
25002 | 967 break; |
968 | |
969 /* Turn appearance modes of the face of the run on. */ | |
30821
593b589de709
(turn_off_face): Reset standout_mode when resetting
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29929
diff
changeset
|
970 highlight_if_desired (); |
25002 | 971 turn_on_face (f, face_id); |
972 | |
973 while (n > 0) | |
253 | 974 { |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
975 /* We use a fixed size (1024 bytes) of conversion buffer. |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
976 Usually it is sufficient, but if not, we just repeat the |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
977 loop. */ |
25002 | 978 produced = encode_terminal_code (string, conversion_buffer, |
979 n, conversion_buffer_size, | |
980 &consumed); | |
981 if (produced > 0) | |
982 { | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
983 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
984 TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
985 if (ferror (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f)))) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
986 clearerr (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
987 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
988 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
989 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
25002 | 990 } |
991 len -= consumed; | |
992 n -= consumed; | |
993 string += consumed; | |
253 | 994 } |
25002 | 995 |
996 /* Turn appearance modes off. */ | |
997 turn_off_face (f, face_id); | |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
998 turn_off_highlight (); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
999 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1000 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1001 /* We may have to output some codes to terminate the writing. */ |
20223
1e30a8b4ff3f
(encode_terminal_code): Use new macros defined in
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19385
diff
changeset
|
1002 if (CODING_REQUIRE_FLUSHING (&terminal_coding)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1003 { |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1004 terminal_coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
23066
d40f9a8d7779
(write_glyphs): When terminal_coding require flushing,
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
21827
diff
changeset
|
1005 encode_coding (&terminal_coding, "", conversion_buffer, |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1006 0, conversion_buffer_size); |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1007 if (terminal_coding.produced > 0) |
19277
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
1008 { |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1009 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, terminal_coding.produced, |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1010 TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1011 if (ferror (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f)))) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1012 clearerr (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1013 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))) |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1014 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, terminal_coding.produced, |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1015 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
19277
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
1016 } |
253 | 1017 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1018 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1019 cmcheckmagic (FRAME_TTY (f)); |
253 | 1020 } |
1021 | |
1022 /* If start is zero, insert blanks instead of a string at start */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1023 |
21514 | 1024 void |
253 | 1025 insert_glyphs (start, len) |
25002 | 1026 register struct glyph *start; |
253 | 1027 register int len; |
1028 { | |
1029 char *buf; | |
31829
43566b0aec59
Avoid some more compiler warnings.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31102
diff
changeset
|
1030 struct glyph *glyph = NULL; |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1031 struct frame *f, *sf; |
253 | 1032 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1033 if (len <= 0) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1034 return; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1035 |
25002 | 1036 if (insert_glyphs_hook) |
253 | 1037 { |
1038 (*insert_glyphs_hook) (start, len); | |
1039 return; | |
1040 } | |
25002 | 1041 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1042 sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1043 f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : sf; |
253 | 1044 |
1045 if (TS_ins_multi_chars) | |
1046 { | |
1047 buf = tparam (TS_ins_multi_chars, 0, 0, len); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1048 OUTPUT1 (FRAME_TTY (f), buf); |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1049 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1050 if (start) |
1051 write_glyphs (start, len); | |
1052 return; | |
1053 } | |
1054 | |
1055 turn_on_insert (); | |
1056 cmplus (len); | |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1057 /* The bit CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK should be set to 1 only at the tail. */ |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1058 terminal_coding.mode &= ~CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
17191
36caec9c2e52
(insert_glyphs): Fix a bug which turns up when
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
17180
diff
changeset
|
1059 while (len-- > 0) |
253 | 1060 { |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1061 int produced, consumed; |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1062 unsigned char conversion_buffer[1024]; |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1063 int conversion_buffer_size = sizeof conversion_buffer; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1064 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1065 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_ins_char); |
253 | 1066 if (!start) |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1067 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1068 conversion_buffer[0] = SPACEGLYPH; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1069 produced = 1; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1070 } |
253 | 1071 else |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1072 { |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1073 highlight_if_desired (); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1074 turn_on_face (f, start->face_id); |
27085
59913a531d4e
(insert_glyphs): Pass glyph, not &glyph, to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26999
diff
changeset
|
1075 glyph = start; |
25002 | 1076 ++start; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1077 /* We must open sufficient space for a character which |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1078 occupies more than one column. */ |
25002 | 1079 while (len && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*start)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1080 { |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1081 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_ins_char); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1082 start++, len--; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1083 } |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1084 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1085 if (len <= 0) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1086 /* This is the last glyph. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1087 terminal_coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1088 |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1089 /* The size of conversion buffer (1024 bytes) is surely |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1090 sufficient for just one glyph. */ |
27085
59913a531d4e
(insert_glyphs): Pass glyph, not &glyph, to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26999
diff
changeset
|
1091 produced = encode_terminal_code (glyph, conversion_buffer, 1, |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1092 conversion_buffer_size, &consumed); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1093 } |
253 | 1094 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1095 if (produced > 0) |
253 | 1096 { |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1097 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1098 TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1099 if (ferror (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f)))) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1100 clearerr (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1101 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1102 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1103 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
253 | 1104 } |
1105 | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1106 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_pad_inserted_char); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1107 if (start) |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1108 { |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1109 turn_off_face (f, glyph->face_id); |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1110 turn_off_highlight (); |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1111 } |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
1112 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1114 cmcheckmagic (FRAME_TTY (f)); |
253 | 1115 } |
1116 | |
21514 | 1117 void |
253 | 1118 delete_glyphs (n) |
1119 register int n; | |
1120 { | |
1121 char *buf; | |
1122 register int i; | |
1123 | |
969
16649ee21625
* term.c (FRAME_IS_TERMCAP, FRAME_IS_X, FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF):
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
797
diff
changeset
|
1124 if (delete_glyphs_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 1125 { |
1126 (*delete_glyphs_hook) (n); | |
1127 return; | |
1128 } | |
1129 | |
1130 if (delete_in_insert_mode) | |
1131 { | |
1132 turn_on_insert (); | |
1133 } | |
1134 else | |
1135 { | |
1136 turn_off_insert (); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1137 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (updating_frame), TS_delete_mode); |
253 | 1138 } |
1139 | |
1140 if (TS_del_multi_chars) | |
1141 { | |
1142 buf = tparam (TS_del_multi_chars, 0, 0, n); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1143 OUTPUT1 (FRAME_TTY (updating_frame), buf); |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1144 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1145 } |
1146 else | |
1147 for (i = 0; i < n; i++) | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1148 OUTPUT1 (FRAME_TTY (updating_frame), TS_del_char); |
253 | 1149 if (!delete_in_insert_mode) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1150 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (updating_frame), TS_end_delete_mode); |
253 | 1151 } |
1152 | |
1153 /* Insert N lines at vpos VPOS. If N is negative, delete -N lines. */ | |
1154 | |
21514 | 1155 void |
253 | 1156 ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
1157 int vpos, n; | |
1158 { | |
1159 char *multi = n > 0 ? TS_ins_multi_lines : TS_del_multi_lines; | |
1160 char *single = n > 0 ? TS_ins_line : TS_del_line; | |
1161 char *scroll = n > 0 ? TS_rev_scroll : TS_fwd_scroll; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1162 struct frame *sf; |
253 | 1163 |
1164 register int i = n > 0 ? n : -n; | |
1165 register char *buf; | |
1166 | |
969
16649ee21625
* term.c (FRAME_IS_TERMCAP, FRAME_IS_X, FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF):
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
797
diff
changeset
|
1167 if (ins_del_lines_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 1168 { |
1169 (*ins_del_lines_hook) (vpos, n); | |
1170 return; | |
1171 } | |
1172 | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1173 sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1174 |
253 | 1175 /* If the lines below the insertion are being pushed |
1176 into the end of the window, this is the same as clearing; | |
1177 and we know the lines are already clear, since the matching | |
1178 deletion has already been done. So can ignore this. */ | |
1179 /* If the lines below the deletion are blank lines coming | |
1180 out of the end of the window, don't bother, | |
1181 as there will be a matching inslines later that will flush them. */ | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1182 if (TTY_SCROLL_REGION_OK (FRAME_TTY (sf)) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
1183 && vpos + i >= specified_window) |
253 | 1184 return; |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1185 if (!TTY_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (FRAME_TTY (sf)) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
1186 && vpos + i >= FRAME_LINES (sf)) |
253 | 1187 return; |
1188 | |
1189 if (multi) | |
1190 { | |
1191 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1192 background_highlight (); | |
1193 buf = tparam (multi, 0, 0, i); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1194 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (sf), buf); |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1195 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1196 } |
1197 else if (single) | |
1198 { | |
1199 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1200 background_highlight (); | |
1201 while (--i >= 0) | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1202 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (sf), single); |
253 | 1203 if (TF_teleray) |
1204 curX = 0; | |
1205 } | |
1206 else | |
1207 { | |
1208 set_scroll_region (vpos, specified_window); | |
1209 if (n < 0) | |
1210 raw_cursor_to (specified_window - 1, 0); | |
1211 else | |
1212 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1213 background_highlight (); | |
1214 while (--i >= 0) | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1215 OUTPUTL (FRAME_TTY (sf), scroll, specified_window - vpos); |
253 | 1216 set_scroll_region (0, specified_window); |
1217 } | |
1218 | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1219 if (!TTY_SCROLL_REGION_OK (FRAME_TTY (sf)) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1220 && TTY_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (FRAME_TTY (sf)) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
1221 && n < 0) |
253 | 1222 { |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1223 cursor_to (FRAME_LINES (sf) + n, 0); |
253 | 1224 clear_to_end (); |
1225 } | |
1226 } | |
1227 | |
1228 /* Compute cost of sending "str", in characters, | |
1229 not counting any line-dependent padding. */ | |
1230 | |
1231 int | |
1232 string_cost (str) | |
1233 char *str; | |
1234 { | |
1235 cost = 0; | |
1236 if (str) | |
1237 tputs (str, 0, evalcost); | |
1238 return cost; | |
1239 } | |
1240 | |
1241 /* Compute cost of sending "str", in characters, | |
1242 counting any line-dependent padding at one line. */ | |
1243 | |
1244 static int | |
1245 string_cost_one_line (str) | |
1246 char *str; | |
1247 { | |
1248 cost = 0; | |
1249 if (str) | |
1250 tputs (str, 1, evalcost); | |
1251 return cost; | |
1252 } | |
1253 | |
1254 /* Compute per line amount of line-dependent padding, | |
1255 in tenths of characters. */ | |
1256 | |
1257 int | |
1258 per_line_cost (str) | |
1259 register char *str; | |
1260 { | |
1261 cost = 0; | |
1262 if (str) | |
1263 tputs (str, 0, evalcost); | |
1264 cost = - cost; | |
1265 if (str) | |
1266 tputs (str, 10, evalcost); | |
1267 return cost; | |
1268 } | |
1269 | |
1270 #ifndef old | |
1271 /* char_ins_del_cost[n] is cost of inserting N characters. | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1272 char_ins_del_cost[-n] is cost of deleting N characters. |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1273 The length of this vector is based on max_frame_cols. */ |
253 | 1274 |
1275 int *char_ins_del_vector; | |
1276 | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1277 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_COLS ((f))]) |
253 | 1278 #endif |
1279 | |
1280 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
1281 static void | |
765 | 1282 calculate_ins_del_char_costs (frame) |
1283 FRAME_PTR frame; | |
253 | 1284 { |
1285 int ins_startup_cost, del_startup_cost; | |
1286 int ins_cost_per_char, del_cost_per_char; | |
1287 register int i; | |
1288 register int *p; | |
1289 | |
1290 if (TS_ins_multi_chars) | |
1291 { | |
1292 ins_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1293 ins_startup_cost = string_cost_one_line (TS_ins_multi_chars); | |
1294 } | |
1295 else if (TS_ins_char || TS_pad_inserted_char | |
1296 || (TS_insert_mode && TS_end_insert_mode)) | |
1297 { | |
1298 ins_startup_cost = (30 * (string_cost (TS_insert_mode) | |
1299 + string_cost (TS_end_insert_mode))) / 100; | |
1300 ins_cost_per_char = (string_cost_one_line (TS_ins_char) | |
1301 + string_cost_one_line (TS_pad_inserted_char)); | |
1302 } | |
1303 else | |
1304 { | |
1305 ins_startup_cost = 9999; | |
1306 ins_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1307 } | |
1308 | |
1309 if (TS_del_multi_chars) | |
1310 { | |
1311 del_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1312 del_startup_cost = string_cost_one_line (TS_del_multi_chars); | |
1313 } | |
1314 else if (TS_del_char) | |
1315 { | |
1316 del_startup_cost = (string_cost (TS_delete_mode) | |
1317 + string_cost (TS_end_delete_mode)); | |
1318 if (delete_in_insert_mode) | |
1319 del_startup_cost /= 2; | |
1320 del_cost_per_char = string_cost_one_line (TS_del_char); | |
1321 } | |
1322 else | |
1323 { | |
1324 del_startup_cost = 9999; | |
1325 del_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1326 } | |
1327 | |
1328 /* Delete costs are at negative offsets */ | |
765 | 1329 p = &char_ins_del_cost (frame)[0]; |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1330 for (i = FRAME_COLS (frame); --i >= 0;) |
253 | 1331 *--p = (del_startup_cost += del_cost_per_char); |
1332 | |
1333 /* Doing nothing is free */ | |
765 | 1334 p = &char_ins_del_cost (frame)[0]; |
253 | 1335 *p++ = 0; |
1336 | |
1337 /* Insert costs are at positive offsets */ | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1338 for (i = FRAME_COLS (frame); --i >= 0;) |
253 | 1339 *p++ = (ins_startup_cost += ins_cost_per_char); |
1340 } | |
1341 | |
21514 | 1342 void |
765 | 1343 calculate_costs (frame) |
1344 FRAME_PTR frame; | |
253 | 1345 { |
10121
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1346 register char *f = (TS_set_scroll_region |
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1347 ? TS_set_scroll_region |
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1348 : TS_set_scroll_region_1); |
253 | 1349 |
10121
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1350 FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (frame) = baud_rate; |
253 | 1351 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1352 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (frame)) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1353 TTY_SCROLL_REGION_COST (frame->output_data.tty) = string_cost (f); |
253 | 1354 |
1355 /* These variables are only used for terminal stuff. They are allocated | |
765 | 1356 once for the terminal frame of X-windows emacs, but not used afterwards. |
253 | 1357 |
1358 char_ins_del_vector (i.e., char_ins_del_cost) isn't used because | |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1359 X turns off char_ins_del_ok. */ |
253 | 1360 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1361 max_frame_lines = max (max_frame_lines, FRAME_LINES (frame)); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1362 max_frame_cols = max (max_frame_cols, FRAME_COLS (frame)); |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1363 |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1364 costs_set = 1; |
253 | 1365 |
1366 if (char_ins_del_vector != 0) | |
1367 char_ins_del_vector | |
1368 = (int *) xrealloc (char_ins_del_vector, | |
1369 (sizeof (int) | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1370 + 2 * max_frame_cols * sizeof (int))); |
253 | 1371 else |
1372 char_ins_del_vector | |
1373 = (int *) xmalloc (sizeof (int) | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1374 + 2 * max_frame_cols * sizeof (int)); |
253 | 1375 |
1376 bzero (char_ins_del_vector, (sizeof (int) | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1377 + 2 * max_frame_cols * sizeof (int))); |
253 | 1378 |
765 | 1379 if (f && (!TS_ins_line && !TS_del_line)) |
1380 do_line_insertion_deletion_costs (frame, | |
253 | 1381 TS_rev_scroll, TS_ins_multi_lines, |
1382 TS_fwd_scroll, TS_del_multi_lines, | |
765 | 1383 f, f, 1); |
253 | 1384 else |
765 | 1385 do_line_insertion_deletion_costs (frame, |
253 | 1386 TS_ins_line, TS_ins_multi_lines, |
1387 TS_del_line, TS_del_multi_lines, | |
1388 0, 0, 1); | |
1389 | |
765 | 1390 calculate_ins_del_char_costs (frame); |
253 | 1391 |
1392 /* Don't use TS_repeat if its padding is worse than sending the chars */ | |
1393 if (TS_repeat && per_line_cost (TS_repeat) * baud_rate < 9000) | |
1394 RPov = string_cost (TS_repeat); | |
1395 else | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1396 RPov = FRAME_COLS (frame) * 2; |
253 | 1397 |
1398 cmcostinit (); /* set up cursor motion costs */ | |
1399 } | |
1400 | |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1401 struct fkey_table { |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1402 char *cap, *name; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1403 }; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1405 /* Termcap capability names that correspond directly to X keysyms. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1406 Some of these (marked "terminfo") aren't supplied by old-style |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1407 (Berkeley) termcap entries. They're listed in X keysym order; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1408 except we put the keypad keys first, so that if they clash with |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1409 other keys (as on the IBM PC keyboard) they get overridden. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1410 */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1411 |
25002 | 1412 static struct fkey_table keys[] = |
1413 { | |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1414 {"kh", "home"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1415 {"kl", "left"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1416 {"ku", "up"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1417 {"kr", "right"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1418 {"kd", "down"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1419 {"%8", "prior"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1420 {"%5", "next"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1421 {"@7", "end"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1422 {"@1", "begin"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1423 {"*6", "select"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1424 {"%9", "print"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1425 {"@4", "execute"}, /* terminfo --- actually the `command' key */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1426 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1427 * "insert" --- see below |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1428 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1429 {"&8", "undo"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1430 {"%0", "redo"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1431 {"%7", "menu"}, /* terminfo --- actually the `options' key */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1432 {"@0", "find"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1433 {"@2", "cancel"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1434 {"%1", "help"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1435 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1436 * "break" goes here, but can't be reliably intercepted with termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1437 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1438 {"&4", "reset"}, /* terminfo --- actually `restart' */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1439 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1440 * "system" and "user" --- no termcaps |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1441 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1442 {"kE", "clearline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1443 {"kA", "insertline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1444 {"kL", "deleteline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1445 {"kI", "insertchar"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1446 {"kD", "deletechar"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1447 {"kB", "backtab"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1448 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1449 * "kp_backtab", "kp-space", "kp-tab" --- no termcaps |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1450 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1451 {"@8", "kp-enter"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1452 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1453 * "kp-f1", "kp-f2", "kp-f3" "kp-f4", |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1454 * "kp-multiply", "kp-add", "kp-separator", |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1455 * "kp-subtract", "kp-decimal", "kp-divide", "kp-0"; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1456 * --- no termcaps for any of these. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1457 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1458 {"K4", "kp-1"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1459 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1460 * "kp-2" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1461 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1462 {"K5", "kp-3"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1463 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1464 * "kp-4" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1465 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1466 {"K2", "kp-5"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1467 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1468 * "kp-6" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1469 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1470 {"K1", "kp-7"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1471 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1472 * "kp-8" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1473 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1474 {"K3", "kp-9"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1475 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1476 * "kp-equal" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1477 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1478 {"k1", "f1"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1479 {"k2", "f2"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1480 {"k3", "f3"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1481 {"k4", "f4"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1482 {"k5", "f5"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1483 {"k6", "f6"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1484 {"k7", "f7"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1485 {"k8", "f8"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1486 {"k9", "f9"} |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1487 }; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1488 |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1489 static char **term_get_fkeys_arg; |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1490 static Lisp_Object term_get_fkeys_1 (); |
4543
929e4c850e76
(term_get_fkeys_define_1, term_get_fkeys_define): New functions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4499
diff
changeset
|
1491 |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1492 /* Find the escape codes sent by the function keys for Vfunction_key_map. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1493 This function scans the termcap function key sequence entries, and |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1494 adds entries to Vfunction_key_map for each function key it finds. */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1495 |
533 | 1496 void |
1497 term_get_fkeys (address) | |
1498 char **address; | |
1499 { | |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1500 /* We run the body of the function (term_get_fkeys_1) and ignore all Lisp |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1501 errors during the call. The only errors should be from Fdefine_key |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1502 when given a key sequence containing an invalid prefix key. If the |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1503 termcap defines function keys which use a prefix that is already bound |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1504 to a command by the default bindings, we should silently ignore that |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1505 function key specification, rather than giving the user an error and |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1506 refusing to run at all on such a terminal. */ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1508 extern Lisp_Object Fidentity (); |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1509 term_get_fkeys_arg = address; |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1510 internal_condition_case (term_get_fkeys_1, Qerror, Fidentity); |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1511 } |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1512 |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1513 static Lisp_Object |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1514 term_get_fkeys_1 () |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1515 { |
533 | 1516 int i; |
1517 | |
6250
a08cca81d0bd
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use term_get_fkeys_arg, not term_get_fkeys_address.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
6249
diff
changeset
|
1518 char **address = term_get_fkeys_arg; |
6249
365e7cbd7292
(term_get_fkeys_1): New local var ADDRESS, init to term_get_fkeys_address.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
6248
diff
changeset
|
1519 |
3359
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1520 /* This can happen if CANNOT_DUMP or with strange options. */ |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1521 if (!initialized) |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1522 Vfunction_key_map = Fmake_sparse_keymap (Qnil); |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1523 |
533 | 1524 for (i = 0; i < (sizeof (keys)/sizeof (keys[0])); i++) |
1525 { | |
1526 char *sequence = tgetstr (keys[i].cap, address); | |
1527 if (sequence) | |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1528 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1529 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1530 intern (keys[i].name))); |
533 | 1531 } |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1532 |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1533 /* The uses of the "k0" capability are inconsistent; sometimes it |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1534 describes F10, whereas othertimes it describes F0 and "k;" describes F10. |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3489
diff
changeset
|
1535 We will attempt to politely accommodate both systems by testing for |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1536 "k;", and if it is present, assuming that "k0" denotes F0, otherwise F10. |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1537 */ |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1538 { |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1539 char *k_semi = tgetstr ("k;", address); |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1540 char *k0 = tgetstr ("k0", address); |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1541 char *k0_name = "f10"; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1542 |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1543 if (k_semi) |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1544 { |
43073
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1545 if (k0) |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1546 /* Define f0 first, so that f10 takes precedence in case the |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1547 key sequences happens to be the same. */ |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1548 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k0), |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1549 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern ("f0"))); |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1550 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k_semi), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1551 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern ("f10"))); |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1552 } |
43073
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1553 else if (k0) |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1554 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k0), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1555 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern (k0_name))); |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1556 } |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1557 |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1558 /* Set up cookies for numbered function keys above f10. */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1559 { |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1560 char fcap[3], fkey[4]; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1561 |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1562 fcap[0] = 'F'; fcap[2] = '\0'; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1563 for (i = 11; i < 64; i++) |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1564 { |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1565 if (i <= 19) |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1566 fcap[1] = '1' + i - 11; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1567 else if (i <= 45) |
10481
24756aef26e3
(term_get_fkeys_1): Bug fix for function key above f19.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10439
diff
changeset
|
1568 fcap[1] = 'A' + i - 20; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1569 else |
10481
24756aef26e3
(term_get_fkeys_1): Bug fix for function key above f19.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10439
diff
changeset
|
1570 fcap[1] = 'a' + i - 46; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1571 |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1572 { |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1573 char *sequence = tgetstr (fcap, address); |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1574 if (sequence) |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1575 { |
4543
929e4c850e76
(term_get_fkeys_define_1, term_get_fkeys_define): New functions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4499
diff
changeset
|
1576 sprintf (fkey, "f%d", i); |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1577 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1578 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1579 intern (fkey))); |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1580 } |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1581 } |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1582 } |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1583 } |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1584 |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1585 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1586 * Various mappings to try and get a better fit. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1587 */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1588 { |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1589 #define CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN(cap1, cap2, sym) \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1590 if (!tgetstr (cap1, address)) \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1591 { \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1592 char *sequence = tgetstr (cap2, address); \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1593 if (sequence) \ |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1594 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), \ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1595 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), \ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1596 intern (sym))); \ |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1597 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1599 /* if there's no key_next keycap, map key_npage to `next' keysym */ |
2243
23228edebc59
Fix spacing conventions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2239
diff
changeset
|
1600 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%5", "kN", "next"); |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1601 /* if there's no key_prev keycap, map key_ppage to `previous' keysym */ |
3706
5a563b062c0d
(term_get_fkeys): Use `prior', not `previous', for %8/kP.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3591
diff
changeset
|
1602 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%8", "kP", "prior"); |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1603 /* if there's no key_dc keycap, map key_ic to `insert' keysym */ |
2243
23228edebc59
Fix spacing conventions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2239
diff
changeset
|
1604 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("kD", "kI", "insert"); |
19385
8f58b5d12021
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use kH as alternate for move-to-last-line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19277
diff
changeset
|
1605 /* if there's no key_end keycap, map key_ll to 'end' keysym */ |
8f58b5d12021
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use kH as alternate for move-to-last-line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19277
diff
changeset
|
1606 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@7", "kH", "end"); |
9524
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1607 |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1608 /* IBM has their own non-standard dialect of terminfo. |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1609 If the standard name isn't found, try the IBM name. */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1610 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("kB", "KO", "backtab"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1611 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@4", "kJ", "execute"); /* actually "action" */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1612 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@4", "kc", "execute"); /* actually "command" */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1613 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%7", "ki", "menu"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1614 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@7", "kw", "end"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1615 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("F1", "k<", "f11"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1616 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("F2", "k>", "f12"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1617 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%1", "kq", "help"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1618 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("*6", "kU", "select"); |
2224
49bda4cf498c
Supply second arg for tgetstr() calls.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
2179
diff
changeset
|
1619 #undef CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1620 } |
25002 | 1621 |
1622 return Qnil; | |
533 | 1623 } |
1624 | |
1625 | |
25002 | 1626 /*********************************************************************** |
1627 Character Display Information | |
1628 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1629 | |
1630 static void append_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); | |
1631 | |
1632 | |
1633 /* Append glyphs to IT's glyph_row. Called from produce_glyphs for | |
1634 terminal frames if IT->glyph_row != NULL. IT->c is the character | |
1635 for which to produce glyphs; IT->face_id contains the character's | |
1636 face. Padding glyphs are appended if IT->c has a IT->pixel_width > | |
1637 1. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1638 |
25002 | 1639 static void |
1640 append_glyph (it) | |
1641 struct it *it; | |
1642 { | |
1643 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
1644 int i; | |
1645 | |
1646 xassert (it->glyph_row); | |
1647 glyph = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[it->area] | |
1648 + it->glyph_row->used[it->area]); | |
1649 end = it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + it->area]; | |
1650 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1651 for (i = 0; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1652 i < it->pixel_width && glyph < end; |
25002 | 1653 ++i) |
1654 { | |
1655 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
29462
3306af2e4f3d
(append_glyph): Revert change of 2000-06-06.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29448
diff
changeset
|
1656 glyph->pixel_width = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1657 glyph->u.ch = it->c; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1658 glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1659 glyph->padding_p = i > 0; |
25002 | 1660 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
1661 glyph->object = it->object; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1662 |
25002 | 1663 ++it->glyph_row->used[it->area]; |
1664 ++glyph; | |
1665 } | |
1666 } | |
1667 | |
1668 | |
44372 | 1669 /* Produce glyphs for the display element described by IT. *IT |
1670 specifies what we want to produce a glyph for (character, image, ...), | |
1671 and where in the glyph matrix we currently are (glyph row and hpos). | |
1672 produce_glyphs fills in output fields of *IT with information such as the | |
1673 pixel width and height of a character, and maybe output actual glyphs at | |
25002 | 1674 the same time if IT->glyph_row is non-null. See the explanation of |
44372 | 1675 struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for an overview. |
1676 | |
1677 produce_glyphs also stores the result of glyph width, ascent | |
1678 etc. computations in *IT. | |
1679 | |
1680 IT->glyph_row may be null, in which case produce_glyphs does not | |
1681 actually fill in the glyphs. This is used in the move_* functions | |
1682 in xdisp.c for text width and height computations. | |
1683 | |
1684 Callers usually don't call produce_glyphs directly; | |
1685 instead they use the macro PRODUCE_GLYPHS. */ | |
25002 | 1686 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1687 void |
25002 | 1688 produce_glyphs (it) |
1689 struct it *it; | |
1690 { | |
1691 /* If a hook is installed, let it do the work. */ | |
1692 xassert (it->what == IT_CHARACTER | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1693 || it->what == IT_COMPOSITION |
25002 | 1694 || it->what == IT_IMAGE |
1695 || it->what == IT_STRETCH); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1696 |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1697 /* Nothing but characters are supported on terminal frames. For a |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1698 composition sequence, it->c is the first character of the |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1699 sequence. */ |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1700 xassert (it->what == IT_CHARACTER |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1701 || it->what == IT_COMPOSITION); |
25002 | 1702 |
1703 if (it->c >= 040 && it->c < 0177) | |
1704 { | |
1705 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 1; | |
1706 if (it->glyph_row) | |
1707 append_glyph (it); | |
1708 } | |
1709 else if (it->c == '\n') | |
1710 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 0; | |
1711 else if (it->c == '\t') | |
1712 { | |
28685
b4310b6f3b5e
(produce_glyphs): Remove reference to struct it's prompt_width.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
1713 int absolute_x = (it->current_x |
25002 | 1714 + it->continuation_lines_width); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1715 int next_tab_x |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1716 = (((1 + absolute_x + it->tab_width - 1) |
25002 | 1717 / it->tab_width) |
1718 * it->tab_width); | |
1719 int nspaces; | |
1720 | |
1721 /* If part of the TAB has been displayed on the previous line | |
1722 which is continued now, continuation_lines_width will have | |
1723 been incremented already by the part that fitted on the | |
1724 continued line. So, we will get the right number of spaces | |
1725 here. */ | |
1726 nspaces = next_tab_x - absolute_x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1727 |
25002 | 1728 if (it->glyph_row) |
1729 { | |
1730 int n = nspaces; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1731 |
25002 | 1732 it->c = ' '; |
1733 it->pixel_width = it->len = 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1734 |
25002 | 1735 while (n--) |
1736 append_glyph (it); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1737 |
25002 | 1738 it->c = '\t'; |
1739 } | |
1740 | |
1741 it->pixel_width = nspaces; | |
1742 it->nglyphs = nspaces; | |
1743 } | |
29262
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1744 else if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)) |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1745 { |
29263
167d236e633b
Correct a typo in a comment.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29262
diff
changeset
|
1746 /* Coming here means that it->c is from display table, thus we |
29262
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1747 must send the code as is to the terminal. Although there's |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1748 no way to know how many columns it occupies on a screen, it |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1749 is a good assumption that a single byte code has 1-column |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1750 width. */ |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1751 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 1; |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1752 if (it->glyph_row) |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1753 append_glyph (it); |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1754 } |
25002 | 1755 else |
1756 { | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1757 /* A multi-byte character. The display width is fixed for all |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1758 characters of the set. Some of the glyphs may have to be |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1759 ignored because they are already displayed in a continued |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1760 line. */ |
25002 | 1761 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->c); |
1762 | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1763 it->pixel_width = CHARSET_WIDTH (charset); |
25002 | 1764 it->nglyphs = it->pixel_width; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1765 |
25002 | 1766 if (it->glyph_row) |
1767 append_glyph (it); | |
1768 } | |
1769 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1770 /* Advance current_x by the pixel width as a convenience for |
25002 | 1771 the caller. */ |
1772 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA) | |
1773 it->current_x += it->pixel_width; | |
25187
39feb68ed3c7
(produce_glyphs): Set iterator's physical height
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25002
diff
changeset
|
1774 it->ascent = it->max_ascent = it->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent = 0; |
39feb68ed3c7
(produce_glyphs): Set iterator's physical height
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25002
diff
changeset
|
1775 it->descent = it->max_descent = it->phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent = 1; |
25002 | 1776 } |
1777 | |
1778 | |
1779 /* Get information about special display element WHAT in an | |
1780 environment described by IT. WHAT is one of IT_TRUNCATION or | |
1781 IT_CONTINUATION. Maybe produce glyphs for WHAT if IT has a | |
1782 non-null glyph_row member. This function ensures that fields like | |
1783 face_id, c, len of IT are left untouched. */ | |
1784 | |
1785 void | |
1786 produce_special_glyphs (it, what) | |
1787 struct it *it; | |
1788 enum display_element_type what; | |
1789 { | |
1790 struct it temp_it; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1791 |
25002 | 1792 temp_it = *it; |
1793 temp_it.dp = NULL; | |
1794 temp_it.what = IT_CHARACTER; | |
1795 temp_it.len = 1; | |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28465
diff
changeset
|
1796 temp_it.object = make_number (0); |
25002 | 1797 bzero (&temp_it.current, sizeof temp_it.current); |
1798 | |
1799 if (what == IT_CONTINUATION) | |
1800 { | |
1801 /* Continuation glyph. */ | |
1802 if (it->dp | |
1803 && INTEGERP (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp)) | |
1804 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp)))) | |
1805 { | |
1806 temp_it.c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (XINT (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp))); | |
29019
50e144ba4af7
(produce_special_glyphs): Use CHAR_BYTES instead of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
28685
diff
changeset
|
1807 temp_it.len = CHAR_BYTES (temp_it.c); |
25002 | 1808 } |
1809 else | |
1810 temp_it.c = '\\'; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1811 |
25002 | 1812 produce_glyphs (&temp_it); |
1813 it->pixel_width = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1814 it->nglyphs = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1815 } | |
1816 else if (what == IT_TRUNCATION) | |
1817 { | |
1818 /* Truncation glyph. */ | |
1819 if (it->dp | |
1820 && INTEGERP (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp)) | |
1821 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp)))) | |
1822 { | |
1823 temp_it.c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (XINT (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp))); | |
29019
50e144ba4af7
(produce_special_glyphs): Use CHAR_BYTES instead of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
28685
diff
changeset
|
1824 temp_it.len = CHAR_BYTES (temp_it.c); |
25002 | 1825 } |
1826 else | |
1827 temp_it.c = '$'; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1828 |
25002 | 1829 produce_glyphs (&temp_it); |
1830 it->pixel_width = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1831 it->nglyphs = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1832 } | |
1833 else | |
1834 abort (); | |
1835 } | |
1836 | |
1837 | |
1838 | |
1839 /*********************************************************************** | |
1840 Faces | |
1841 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1842 | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1843 /* Value is non-zero if attribute ATTR may be used. ATTR should be |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1844 one of the enumerators from enum no_color_bit, or a bit set built |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1845 from them. Some display attributes may not be used together with |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1846 color; the termcap capability `NC' specifies which ones. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1847 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1848 #define MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P(ATTR) \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1849 (TN_max_colors > 0 \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1850 ? (TN_no_color_video & (ATTR)) == 0 \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1851 : 1) |
25002 | 1852 |
1853 /* Turn appearances of face FACE_ID on tty frame F on. */ | |
1854 | |
1855 static void | |
1856 turn_on_face (f, face_id) | |
1857 struct frame *f; | |
1858 int face_id; | |
1859 { | |
1860 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1861 long fg = face->foreground; |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1862 long bg = face->background; |
25002 | 1863 |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1864 /* Do this first because TS_end_standout_mode may be the same |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1865 as TS_exit_attribute_mode, which turns all appearances off. */ |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1866 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_REVERSE)) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1867 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1868 if (TN_max_colors > 0) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1869 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1870 if (fg >= 0 && bg >= 0) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1871 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1872 /* If the terminal supports colors, we can set them |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1873 below without using reverse video. The face's fg |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1874 and bg colors are set as they should appear on |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1875 the screen, i.e. they take the inverse-video'ness |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1876 of the face already into account. */ |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1877 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1878 else if (inverse_video) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1879 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1880 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1881 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1882 toggle_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1883 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1884 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1885 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1886 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1887 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1888 toggle_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1889 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1890 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1891 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1892 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1893 /* If we can't display colors, use reverse video |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1894 if the face specifies that. */ |
37499
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1895 if (inverse_video) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1896 { |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1897 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1898 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1899 toggle_highlight (); |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1900 } |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1901 else |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1902 { |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1903 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1904 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1905 toggle_highlight (); |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1906 } |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1907 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1908 } |
25002 | 1909 |
1910 if (face->tty_bold_p) | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1911 { |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1912 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_BOLD)) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1913 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_enter_bold_mode); |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1914 } |
25002 | 1915 else if (face->tty_dim_p) |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1916 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_DIM)) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1917 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_enter_dim_mode); |
25002 | 1918 |
1919 /* Alternate charset and blinking not yet used. */ | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1920 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1921 && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_ALT_CHARSET)) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1922 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_enter_alt_charset_mode); |
25002 | 1923 |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1924 if (face->tty_blinking_p |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1925 && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_BLINK)) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1926 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_enter_blink_mode); |
25002 | 1927 |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
1928 if (face->tty_underline_p && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_UNDERLINE)) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1929 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_enter_underline_mode); |
25002 | 1930 |
1931 if (TN_max_colors > 0) | |
1932 { | |
1933 char *p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1934 |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1935 if (fg >= 0 && TS_set_foreground) |
25002 | 1936 { |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1937 p = tparam (TS_set_foreground, NULL, 0, (int) fg); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1938 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f), p); |
25002 | 1939 xfree (p); |
1940 } | |
1941 | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1942 if (bg >= 0 && TS_set_background) |
25002 | 1943 { |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1944 p = tparam (TS_set_background, NULL, 0, (int) bg); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1945 OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f), p); |
25002 | 1946 xfree (p); |
1947 } | |
1948 } | |
1949 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1950 |
25002 | 1951 |
1952 /* Turn off appearances of face FACE_ID on tty frame F. */ | |
1953 | |
1954 static void | |
1955 turn_off_face (f, face_id) | |
1956 struct frame *f; | |
1957 int face_id; | |
1958 { | |
1959 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); | |
1960 | |
1961 xassert (face != NULL); | |
1962 | |
1963 if (TS_exit_attribute_mode) | |
1964 { | |
1965 /* Capability "me" will turn off appearance modes double-bright, | |
1966 half-bright, reverse-video, standout, underline. It may or | |
1967 may not turn off alt-char-mode. */ | |
1968 if (face->tty_bold_p | |
1969 || face->tty_dim_p | |
1970 || face->tty_reverse_p | |
1971 || face->tty_alt_charset_p | |
1972 || face->tty_blinking_p | |
1973 || face->tty_underline_p) | |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1974 { |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1975 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_exit_attribute_mode); |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1976 if (strcmp (TS_exit_attribute_mode, TS_end_standout_mode) == 0) |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1977 standout_mode = 0; |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1978 } |
25002 | 1979 |
1980 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p) | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1981 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_exit_alt_charset_mode); |
25002 | 1982 } |
1983 else | |
1984 { | |
1985 /* If we don't have "me" we can only have those appearances | |
1986 that have exit sequences defined. */ | |
1987 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p) | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1988 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_exit_alt_charset_mode); |
25002 | 1989 |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
1990 if (face->tty_underline_p) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1991 OUTPUT_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_exit_underline_mode); |
25002 | 1992 } |
1993 | |
1994 /* Switch back to default colors. */ | |
1995 if (TN_max_colors > 0 | |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1996 && ((face->foreground != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_COLOR |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1997 && face->foreground != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1998 || (face->background != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_COLOR |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1999 && face->background != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR))) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2000 OUTPUT1_IF (FRAME_TTY (f), TS_orig_pair); |
25002 | 2001 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2002 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2003 |
45522
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2004 /* Return non-zero if the terminal on frame F supports all of the |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2005 capabilities in CAPS simultaneously, with foreground and background |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2006 colors FG and BG. */ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2007 |
45548 | 2008 int |
2009 tty_capable_p (f, caps, fg, bg) | |
45522
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2010 struct frame *f; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2011 unsigned caps; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2012 unsigned long fg, bg; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2013 { |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2014 #define TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY(cap, TS, NC_bit) \ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2015 if ((caps & (cap)) && (!(TS) || !MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P(NC_bit))) \ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2016 return 0; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2017 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2018 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_INVERSE, TS_standout_mode, NC_REVERSE); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2019 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_UNDERLINE, TS_enter_underline_mode, NC_UNDERLINE); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2020 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_BOLD, TS_enter_bold_mode, NC_BOLD); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2021 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_DIM, TS_enter_dim_mode, NC_DIM); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2022 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_BLINK, TS_enter_blink_mode, NC_BLINK); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2023 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_ALT_CHARSET, TS_enter_alt_charset_mode, NC_ALT_CHARSET); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2024 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2025 /* We can do it! */ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2026 return 1; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2027 } |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2028 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2029 |
25002 | 2030 /* Return non-zero if the terminal is capable to display colors. */ |
2031 | |
2032 DEFUN ("tty-display-color-p", Ftty_display_color_p, Stty_display_color_p, | |
27087
8de2d17323c2
(Ftty_display_color_p): Accept an optional argument FRAME.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
27085
diff
changeset
|
2033 0, 1, 0, |
42959
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2034 doc: /* Return non-nil if TTY can display colors on DISPLAY. */) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2035 (display) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2036 Lisp_Object display; |
25002 | 2037 { |
2038 return TN_max_colors > 0 ? Qt : Qnil; | |
2039 } | |
2040 | |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2041 /* Return the number of supported colors. */ |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2042 DEFUN ("tty-display-color-cells", Ftty_display_color_cells, |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2043 Stty_display_color_cells, 0, 1, 0, |
42959
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2044 doc: /* Return the number of colors supported by TTY on DISPLAY. */) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2045 (display) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2046 Lisp_Object display; |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2047 { |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2048 return make_number (TN_max_colors); |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2049 } |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2050 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2051 #ifndef WINDOWSNT |
25002 | 2052 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2053 /* Save or restore the default color-related capabilities of this |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2054 terminal. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2055 static void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2056 tty_default_color_capabilities (save) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2057 int save; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2058 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2059 static char |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2060 *default_orig_pair, *default_set_foreground, *default_set_background; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2061 static int default_max_colors, default_max_pairs, default_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2062 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2063 if (save) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2064 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2065 if (default_orig_pair) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2066 xfree (default_orig_pair); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2067 default_orig_pair = TS_orig_pair ? xstrdup (TS_orig_pair) : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2068 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2069 if (default_set_foreground) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2070 xfree (default_set_foreground); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2071 default_set_foreground = TS_set_foreground ? xstrdup (TS_set_foreground) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2072 : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2074 if (default_set_background) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2075 xfree (default_set_background); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2076 default_set_background = TS_set_background ? xstrdup (TS_set_background) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2077 : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2078 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2079 default_max_colors = TN_max_colors; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2080 default_max_pairs = TN_max_pairs; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2081 default_no_color_video = TN_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2082 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2083 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2084 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2085 TS_orig_pair = default_orig_pair; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2086 TS_set_foreground = default_set_foreground; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2087 TS_set_background = default_set_background; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2088 TN_max_colors = default_max_colors; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2089 TN_max_pairs = default_max_pairs; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2090 TN_no_color_video = default_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2091 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2092 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2093 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2094 /* Setup one of the standard tty color schemes according to MODE. |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2095 MODE's value is generally the number of colors which we want to |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2096 support; zero means set up for the default capabilities, the ones |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2097 we saw at term_init time; -1 means turn off color support. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2098 void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2099 tty_setup_colors (mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2100 int mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2101 { |
52652
31a3a92c1a03
(tty_setup_colors): Treat any negative argument as -1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52579
diff
changeset
|
2102 /* Canonicalize all negative values of MODE. */ |
31a3a92c1a03
(tty_setup_colors): Treat any negative argument as -1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52579
diff
changeset
|
2103 if (mode < -1) |
31a3a92c1a03
(tty_setup_colors): Treat any negative argument as -1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52579
diff
changeset
|
2104 mode = -1; |
31a3a92c1a03
(tty_setup_colors): Treat any negative argument as -1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52579
diff
changeset
|
2105 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2106 switch (mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2107 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2108 case -1: /* no colors at all */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2109 TN_max_colors = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2110 TN_max_pairs = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2111 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2112 TS_set_foreground = TS_set_background = TS_orig_pair = NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2113 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2114 case 0: /* default colors, if any */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2115 default: |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2116 tty_default_color_capabilities (0); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2117 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2118 case 8: /* 8 standard ANSI colors */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2119 TS_orig_pair = "\033[0m"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2120 #ifdef TERMINFO |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2121 TS_set_foreground = "\033[3%p1%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2122 TS_set_background = "\033[4%p1%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2123 #else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2124 TS_set_foreground = "\033[3%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2125 TS_set_background = "\033[4%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2126 #endif |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2127 TN_max_colors = 8; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2128 TN_max_pairs = 64; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2129 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2130 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2131 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2132 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2133 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2134 void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2135 set_tty_color_mode (f, val) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2136 struct frame *f; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2137 Lisp_Object val; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2138 { |
42808
cb0b3b9b61ec
(set_tty_color_mode): Remove unused variable `tem'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
42742
diff
changeset
|
2139 Lisp_Object color_mode_spec, current_mode_spec; |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2140 Lisp_Object color_mode, current_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2141 int mode, old_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2142 extern Lisp_Object Qtty_color_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2143 Lisp_Object tty_color_mode_alist; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2144 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2145 tty_color_mode_alist = Fintern_soft (build_string ("tty-color-mode-alist"), |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2146 Qnil); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2147 |
52579
611336925095
(set_tty_color_mode): Use INTEGERP to test whether a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2148 if (INTEGERP (val)) |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2149 color_mode = val; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2150 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2151 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2152 if (NILP (tty_color_mode_alist)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2153 color_mode_spec = Qnil; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2154 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2155 color_mode_spec = Fassq (val, XSYMBOL (tty_color_mode_alist)->value); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2156 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2157 if (CONSP (color_mode_spec)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2158 color_mode = XCDR (color_mode_spec); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2159 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2160 color_mode = Qnil; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2161 } |
52681
2036a4307b6c
(set_tty_color_mode): Calculate current_mode_spec regardless of value of VAL.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52652
diff
changeset
|
2162 |
2036a4307b6c
(set_tty_color_mode): Calculate current_mode_spec regardless of value of VAL.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52652
diff
changeset
|
2163 current_mode_spec = assq_no_quit (Qtty_color_mode, f->param_alist); |
2036a4307b6c
(set_tty_color_mode): Calculate current_mode_spec regardless of value of VAL.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52652
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2165 if (CONSP (current_mode_spec)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2166 current_mode = XCDR (current_mode_spec); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2167 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2168 current_mode = Qnil; |
52579
611336925095
(set_tty_color_mode): Use INTEGERP to test whether a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2169 if (INTEGERP (color_mode)) |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2170 mode = XINT (color_mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2171 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2172 mode = 0; /* meaning default */ |
52579
611336925095
(set_tty_color_mode): Use INTEGERP to test whether a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2173 if (INTEGERP (current_mode)) |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2174 old_mode = XINT (current_mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2175 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2176 old_mode = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2177 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2178 if (mode != old_mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2179 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2180 tty_setup_colors (mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2181 /* This recomputes all the faces given the new color |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2182 definitions. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2183 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2184 redraw_frame (f); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2185 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2186 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2187 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2188 #endif /* !WINDOWSNT */ |
25002 | 2189 |
2190 | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2192 struct tty_output * |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2193 get_named_tty (name) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2194 char *name; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2195 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2196 struct tty_output *tty = tty_list; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2197 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2198 while (tty) { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2199 if ((tty->name == 0 && name == 0) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2200 || (name && tty->name && !strcmp (tty->name, name))) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2201 return tty; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2202 tty = tty->next; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2203 }; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2205 return 0; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2206 } |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2207 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2208 |
25002 | 2209 /*********************************************************************** |
2210 Initialization | |
2211 ***********************************************************************/ | |
2212 | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2213 struct tty_output * |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2214 term_dummy_init (void) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2215 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2216 if (initialized || tty_list) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2217 error ("tty already initialized"); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2218 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2219 tty_list = xmalloc (sizeof (struct tty_output)); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2220 bzero (tty_list, sizeof (struct tty_output)); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2221 TTY_NAME (tty_list) = 0; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2222 TTY_INPUT (tty_list) = stdin; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2223 TTY_OUTPUT (tty_list) = stdout; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2224 return tty_list; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2225 } |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2226 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2227 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2228 struct tty_output * |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2229 term_init (name, terminal_type) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2230 char *name; |
253 | 2231 char *terminal_type; |
2232 { | |
2233 char *area; | |
2234 char **address = &area; | |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2235 char *buffer = NULL; |
52314
529dd59ee898
(term_init): Remove `const' from buffer_size's declaration.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52294
diff
changeset
|
2236 int buffer_size = 4096; |
253 | 2237 register char *p; |
2238 int status; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2239 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
253 | 2240 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2241 struct tty_output *tty; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2242 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2243 tty = get_named_tty (name); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2244 if (tty) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2245 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2246 /* Return the previously initialized terminal, except if it is the dummy |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2247 terminal created for the initial frame. */ |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2248 if (tty->type) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2249 return tty; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2250 } |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2251 else |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2252 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2253 if (!terminal_type) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2254 error ("Unknown terminal type"); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2255 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2256 tty = (struct tty_output *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct tty_output)); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2257 bzero (tty, sizeof (struct tty_output)); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2258 tty->next = tty_list; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2259 tty_list = tty; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2260 } |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2261 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2262 if (name) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2263 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2264 int fd; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2265 FILE *f; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2266 fd = emacs_open (name, O_RDWR, 0); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2267 if (fd < 0) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2268 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2269 tty_list = tty->next; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2270 xfree (tty); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2271 error ("could not open file: %s", name); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2272 } |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2273 f = fdopen (fd, "w+"); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2274 TTY_NAME (tty) = xstrdup (name); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2275 TTY_INPUT (tty) = f; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2276 TTY_OUTPUT (tty) = f; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2277 } |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2278 else |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2279 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2280 TTY_NAME (tty) = 0; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2281 TTY_INPUT (tty) = stdin; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2282 TTY_OUTPUT (tty) = stdout; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2283 } |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2284 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2285 init_sys_modes (tty); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2286 |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2287 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
16885
ddd632f61ce3
(term_init): Use new name initialize_w32_display.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16260
diff
changeset
|
2288 initialize_w32_display (); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2289 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2290 Wcm_clear (); |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2291 |
24431
00398ed56396
(term_init): Use xmalloc, not malloc.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
24263
diff
changeset
|
2292 area = (char *) xmalloc (2044); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2293 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2294 FrameRows = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2295 FrameCols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2296 specified_window = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2297 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2298 delete_in_insert_mode = 1; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2299 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2300 UseTabs = 0; |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2301 TTY_SCROLL_REGION_OK (tty) = 0; |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2302 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2303 /* Seems to insert lines when it's not supposed to, messing |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2304 up the display. In doing a trace, it didn't seem to be |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2305 called much, so I don't think we're losing anything by |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2306 turning it off. */ |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2307 TTY_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (tty) = 0; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2308 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2309 TTY_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (tty) = 1; |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2310 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2311 baud_rate = 19200; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2312 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2313 FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (sf) = 0; |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2314 FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (sf) = vertical_scroll_bar_none; |
27519
fd4d74bc1e42
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Initialize TN_max_colors.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
27128
diff
changeset
|
2315 TN_max_colors = 16; /* Required to be non-zero for tty-display-color-p */ |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2316 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2317 return tty; |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
2318 #else /* not WINDOWSNT */ |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2319 |
253 | 2320 Wcm_clear (); |
2321 | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2322 TTY_TYPE (tty) = xstrdup (terminal_type); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2323 |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2324 buffer = (char *) xmalloc (buffer_size); |
253 | 2325 status = tgetent (buffer, terminal_type); |
2326 if (status < 0) | |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2327 { |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2328 #ifdef TERMINFO |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2329 fatal ("Cannot open terminfo database file"); |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2330 #else |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2331 fatal ("Cannot open termcap database file"); |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2332 #endif |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2333 } |
253 | 2334 if (status == 0) |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2335 { |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2336 #ifdef TERMINFO |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2337 fatal ("Terminal type %s is not defined.\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2338 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2339 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2340 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2341 to do `unset TERMINFO' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMINFO') as well.", |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2342 terminal_type); |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2343 #else |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2344 fatal ("Terminal type %s is not defined.\n\ |
4499
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2345 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2346 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2347 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2348 to do `unset TERMCAP' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMCAP') as well.", |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2349 terminal_type); |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2350 #endif |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2351 } |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2352 |
52294
d9ae4cdf1ed1
(term_init): Fix previous change
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
52293
diff
changeset
|
2353 #ifndef TERMINFO |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2354 if (strlen (buffer) >= buffer_size) |
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2355 abort (); |
52294
d9ae4cdf1ed1
(term_init): Fix previous change
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
52293
diff
changeset
|
2356 buffer_size = strlen (buffer); |
52293
473d34d4814c
(term_init): Fix previous change; don't rely on the
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
52265
diff
changeset
|
2357 #endif |
52294
d9ae4cdf1ed1
(term_init): Fix previous change
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
52293
diff
changeset
|
2358 area = (char *) xmalloc (buffer_size); |
253 | 2359 |
2360 TS_ins_line = tgetstr ("al", address); | |
2361 TS_ins_multi_lines = tgetstr ("AL", address); | |
2362 TS_bell = tgetstr ("bl", address); | |
2363 BackTab = tgetstr ("bt", address); | |
2364 TS_clr_to_bottom = tgetstr ("cd", address); | |
2365 TS_clr_line = tgetstr ("ce", address); | |
765 | 2366 TS_clr_frame = tgetstr ("cl", address); |
28685
b4310b6f3b5e
(produce_glyphs): Remove reference to struct it's prompt_width.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
2367 ColPosition = NULL; /* tgetstr ("ch", address); */ |
253 | 2368 AbsPosition = tgetstr ("cm", address); |
2369 CR = tgetstr ("cr", address); | |
2370 TS_set_scroll_region = tgetstr ("cs", address); | |
2371 TS_set_scroll_region_1 = tgetstr ("cS", address); | |
2372 RowPosition = tgetstr ("cv", address); | |
2373 TS_del_char = tgetstr ("dc", address); | |
2374 TS_del_multi_chars = tgetstr ("DC", address); | |
2375 TS_del_line = tgetstr ("dl", address); | |
2376 TS_del_multi_lines = tgetstr ("DL", address); | |
2377 TS_delete_mode = tgetstr ("dm", address); | |
2378 TS_end_delete_mode = tgetstr ("ed", address); | |
2379 TS_end_insert_mode = tgetstr ("ei", address); | |
2380 Home = tgetstr ("ho", address); | |
2381 TS_ins_char = tgetstr ("ic", address); | |
2382 TS_ins_multi_chars = tgetstr ("IC", address); | |
2383 TS_insert_mode = tgetstr ("im", address); | |
2384 TS_pad_inserted_char = tgetstr ("ip", address); | |
2385 TS_end_keypad_mode = tgetstr ("ke", address); | |
2386 TS_keypad_mode = tgetstr ("ks", address); | |
2387 LastLine = tgetstr ("ll", address); | |
2388 Right = tgetstr ("nd", address); | |
2389 Down = tgetstr ("do", address); | |
2390 if (!Down) | |
2391 Down = tgetstr ("nl", address); /* Obsolete name for "do" */ | |
2392 #ifdef VMS | |
2393 /* VMS puts a carriage return before each linefeed, | |
2394 so it is not safe to use linefeeds. */ | |
2395 if (Down && Down[0] == '\n' && Down[1] == '\0') | |
2396 Down = 0; | |
2397 #endif /* VMS */ | |
2398 if (tgetflag ("bs")) | |
2399 Left = "\b"; /* can't possibly be longer! */ | |
2400 else /* (Actually, "bs" is obsolete...) */ | |
2401 Left = tgetstr ("le", address); | |
2402 if (!Left) | |
2403 Left = tgetstr ("bc", address); /* Obsolete name for "le" */ | |
2404 TS_pad_char = tgetstr ("pc", address); | |
2405 TS_repeat = tgetstr ("rp", address); | |
2406 TS_end_standout_mode = tgetstr ("se", address); | |
2407 TS_fwd_scroll = tgetstr ("sf", address); | |
2408 TS_standout_mode = tgetstr ("so", address); | |
2409 TS_rev_scroll = tgetstr ("sr", address); | |
2410 Wcm.cm_tab = tgetstr ("ta", address); | |
2411 TS_end_termcap_modes = tgetstr ("te", address); | |
2412 TS_termcap_modes = tgetstr ("ti", address); | |
2413 Up = tgetstr ("up", address); | |
2414 TS_visible_bell = tgetstr ("vb", address); | |
25002 | 2415 TS_cursor_normal = tgetstr ("ve", address); |
2416 TS_cursor_visible = tgetstr ("vs", address); | |
2417 TS_cursor_invisible = tgetstr ("vi", address); | |
253 | 2418 TS_set_window = tgetstr ("wi", address); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2419 |
25002 | 2420 TS_enter_underline_mode = tgetstr ("us", address); |
2421 TS_exit_underline_mode = tgetstr ("ue", address); | |
2422 TS_enter_bold_mode = tgetstr ("md", address); | |
2423 TS_enter_dim_mode = tgetstr ("mh", address); | |
2424 TS_enter_blink_mode = tgetstr ("mb", address); | |
2425 TS_enter_reverse_mode = tgetstr ("mr", address); | |
2426 TS_enter_alt_charset_mode = tgetstr ("as", address); | |
2427 TS_exit_alt_charset_mode = tgetstr ("ae", address); | |
2428 TS_exit_attribute_mode = tgetstr ("me", address); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2429 |
253 | 2430 MultiUp = tgetstr ("UP", address); |
2431 MultiDown = tgetstr ("DO", address); | |
2432 MultiLeft = tgetstr ("LE", address); | |
2433 MultiRight = tgetstr ("RI", address); | |
2434 | |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2435 /* SVr4/ANSI color suppert. If "op" isn't available, don't support |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2436 color because we can't switch back to the default foreground and |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2437 background. */ |
25002 | 2438 TS_orig_pair = tgetstr ("op", address); |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2439 if (TS_orig_pair) |
25002 | 2440 { |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2441 TS_set_foreground = tgetstr ("AF", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2442 TS_set_background = tgetstr ("AB", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2443 if (!TS_set_foreground) |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2444 { |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2445 /* SVr4. */ |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2446 TS_set_foreground = tgetstr ("Sf", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2447 TS_set_background = tgetstr ("Sb", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2448 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2449 |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2450 TN_max_colors = tgetnum ("Co"); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2451 TN_max_pairs = tgetnum ("pa"); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2452 |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2453 TN_no_color_video = tgetnum ("NC"); |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2454 if (TN_no_color_video == -1) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2455 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
25002 | 2456 } |
2457 | |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2458 tty_default_color_capabilities (1); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2459 |
11530
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2460 MagicWrap = tgetflag ("xn"); |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2461 /* Since we make MagicWrap terminals look like AutoWrap, we need to have |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2462 the former flag imply the latter. */ |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2463 AutoWrap = MagicWrap || tgetflag ("am"); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2464 TTY_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (tty) = tgetflag ("db"); |
253 | 2465 TF_hazeltine = tgetflag ("hz"); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2466 TTY_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (tty) = tgetflag ("in"); |
253 | 2467 meta_key = tgetflag ("km") || tgetflag ("MT"); |
2468 TF_insmode_motion = tgetflag ("mi"); | |
2469 TF_standout_motion = tgetflag ("ms"); | |
2470 TF_underscore = tgetflag ("ul"); | |
2471 TF_teleray = tgetflag ("xt"); | |
2472 | |
533 | 2473 term_get_fkeys (address); |
2474 | |
765 | 2475 /* Get frame size from system, or else from termcap. */ |
16093
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2476 { |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2477 int height, width; |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2478 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2479 FRAME_COLS (sf) = width; |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2480 FRAME_LINES (sf) = height; |
16093
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2481 } |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2482 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2483 if (FRAME_COLS (sf) <= 0) |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2484 SET_FRAME_COLS (sf, tgetnum ("co")); |
16260
4468f3277e80
(term_init): Use new vertical scroll bar enumerated type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16094
diff
changeset
|
2485 else |
4468f3277e80
(term_init): Use new vertical scroll bar enumerated type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16094
diff
changeset
|
2486 /* Keep width and external_width consistent */ |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2487 SET_FRAME_COLS (sf, FRAME_COLS (sf)); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2488 if (FRAME_LINES (sf) <= 0) |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2489 FRAME_LINES (sf) = tgetnum ("li"); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2490 |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2491 if (FRAME_LINES (sf) < 3 || FRAME_COLS (sf) < 3) |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2492 fatal ("Screen size %dx%d is too small", |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2493 FRAME_LINES (sf), FRAME_COLS (sf)); |
10332
e14daed4a820
(term_init): Fatal error if screen is too small.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10261
diff
changeset
|
2494 |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2495 #if 0 /* This is not used anywhere. */ |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2496 TTY_MIN_PADDING_SPEED (tty) = tgetnum ("pb"); |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2497 #endif |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2498 |
253 | 2499 TabWidth = tgetnum ("tw"); |
2500 | |
2501 #ifdef VMS | |
2502 /* These capabilities commonly use ^J. | |
2503 I don't know why, but sending them on VMS does not work; | |
2504 it causes following spaces to be lost, sometimes. | |
2505 For now, the simplest fix is to avoid using these capabilities ever. */ | |
2506 if (Down && Down[0] == '\n') | |
2507 Down = 0; | |
2508 #endif /* VMS */ | |
2509 | |
2510 if (!TS_bell) | |
2511 TS_bell = "\07"; | |
2512 | |
2513 if (!TS_fwd_scroll) | |
2514 TS_fwd_scroll = Down; | |
2515 | |
2516 PC = TS_pad_char ? *TS_pad_char : 0; | |
2517 | |
2518 if (TabWidth < 0) | |
2519 TabWidth = 8; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2520 |
253 | 2521 /* Turned off since /etc/termcap seems to have :ta= for most terminals |
2522 and newer termcap doc does not seem to say there is a default. | |
2523 if (!Wcm.cm_tab) | |
2524 Wcm.cm_tab = "\t"; | |
2525 */ | |
2526 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2527 /* We don't support standout modes that use `magic cookies', so |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2528 turn off any that do. */ |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2529 if (TS_standout_mode && tgetnum ("sg") >= 0) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2530 { |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2531 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2532 TS_end_standout_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2533 } |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2534 if (TS_enter_underline_mode && tgetnum ("ug") >= 0) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2535 { |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2536 TS_enter_underline_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2537 TS_exit_underline_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2538 } |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2539 |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2540 /* If there's no standout mode, try to use underlining instead. */ |
253 | 2541 if (TS_standout_mode == 0) |
2542 { | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2543 TS_standout_mode = TS_enter_underline_mode; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2544 TS_end_standout_mode = TS_exit_underline_mode; |
253 | 2545 } |
2546 | |
5933
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2547 /* If no `se' string, try using a `me' string instead. |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2548 If that fails, we can't use standout mode at all. */ |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2549 if (TS_end_standout_mode == 0) |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2550 { |
8612
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
2551 char *s = tgetstr ("me", address); |
5933
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2552 if (s != 0) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2553 TS_end_standout_mode = s; |
5933
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2554 else |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2555 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
5933
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2556 } |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2557 |
253 | 2558 if (TF_teleray) |
2559 { | |
2560 Wcm.cm_tab = 0; | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2561 /* We can't support standout mode, because it uses magic cookies. */ |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2562 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
253 | 2563 /* But that means we cannot rely on ^M to go to column zero! */ |
2564 CR = 0; | |
2565 /* LF can't be trusted either -- can alter hpos */ | |
2566 /* if move at column 0 thru a line with TS_standout_mode */ | |
2567 Down = 0; | |
2568 } | |
2569 | |
2570 /* Special handling for certain terminal types known to need it */ | |
2571 | |
2572 if (!strcmp (terminal_type, "supdup")) | |
2573 { | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2574 TTY_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (tty) = 1; |
253 | 2575 Wcm.cm_losewrap = 1; |
2576 } | |
2577 if (!strncmp (terminal_type, "c10", 3) | |
2578 || !strcmp (terminal_type, "perq")) | |
2579 { | |
2580 /* Supply a makeshift :wi string. | |
2581 This string is not valid in general since it works only | |
2582 for windows starting at the upper left corner; | |
2583 but that is all Emacs uses. | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2584 |
765 | 2585 This string works only if the frame is using |
253 | 2586 the top of the video memory, because addressing is memory-relative. |
2587 So first check the :ti string to see if that is true. | |
2588 | |
2589 It would be simpler if the :wi string could go in the termcap | |
2590 entry, but it can't because it is not fully valid. | |
2591 If it were in the termcap entry, it would confuse other programs. */ | |
2592 if (!TS_set_window) | |
2593 { | |
2594 p = TS_termcap_modes; | |
2595 while (*p && strcmp (p, "\033v ")) | |
2596 p++; | |
2597 if (*p) | |
2598 TS_set_window = "\033v%C %C %C %C "; | |
2599 } | |
2600 /* Termcap entry often fails to have :in: flag */ | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2601 TTY_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (tty) = 1; |
253 | 2602 /* :ti string typically fails to have \E^G! in it */ |
2603 /* This limits scope of insert-char to one line. */ | |
2604 strcpy (area, TS_termcap_modes); | |
2605 strcat (area, "\033\007!"); | |
2606 TS_termcap_modes = area; | |
2607 area += strlen (area) + 1; | |
2608 p = AbsPosition; | |
2609 /* Change all %+ parameters to %C, to handle | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2610 values above 96 correctly for the C100. */ |
253 | 2611 while (*p) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2612 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2613 if (p[0] == '%' && p[1] == '+') |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2614 p[1] = 'C'; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2615 p++; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2616 } |
253 | 2617 } |
2618 | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2619 FrameRows = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2620 FrameCols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2621 specified_window = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
253 | 2622 |
2623 if (Wcm_init () == -1) /* can't do cursor motion */ | |
2624 #ifdef VMS | |
2625 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ | |
2626 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ | |
2627 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have, use either the\n\ | |
2628 DCL command `SET TERMINAL/DEVICE= ...' for DEC-compatible terminals,\n\ | |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2629 or `define EMACS_TERM \"terminal type\"' for non-DEC terminals.", |
253 | 2630 terminal_type); |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2631 #else /* not VMS */ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2632 # ifdef TERMINFO |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2633 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2634 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2635 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2636 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2637 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2638 to do `unset TERMINFO' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMINFO') as well.", |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2639 terminal_type); |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2640 # else /* TERMCAP */ |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2641 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ |
253 | 2642 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ |
2643 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ | |
4499
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2644 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2645 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2646 to do `unset TERMCAP' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMCAP') as well.", |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2647 terminal_type); |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2648 # endif /* TERMINFO */ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2649 #endif /*VMS */ |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2650 if (FRAME_LINES (sf) <= 0 |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2651 || FRAME_COLS (sf) <= 0) |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2652 fatal ("The frame size has not been specified"); |
253 | 2653 |
2654 delete_in_insert_mode | |
2655 = TS_delete_mode && TS_insert_mode | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2656 && !strcmp (TS_delete_mode, TS_insert_mode); |
253 | 2657 |
2658 se_is_so = (TS_standout_mode | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2659 && TS_end_standout_mode |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2660 && !strcmp (TS_standout_mode, TS_end_standout_mode)); |
253 | 2661 |
2662 UseTabs = tabs_safe_p () && TabWidth == 8; | |
2663 | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2664 TTY_SCROLL_REGION_OK (tty) |
253 | 2665 = (Wcm.cm_abs |
2666 && (TS_set_window || TS_set_scroll_region || TS_set_scroll_region_1)); | |
2667 | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2668 TTY_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (tty) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2669 = (((TS_ins_line || TS_ins_multi_lines) |
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2670 && (TS_del_line || TS_del_multi_lines)) |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2671 || (TTY_SCROLL_REGION_OK (tty) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2672 && TS_fwd_scroll && TS_rev_scroll)); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2673 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2674 TTY_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (tty) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2675 = ((TS_ins_char || TS_insert_mode |
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2676 || TS_pad_inserted_char || TS_ins_multi_chars) |
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2677 && (TS_del_char || TS_del_multi_chars)); |
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
52681
diff
changeset
|
2678 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2679 TTY_FAST_CLEAR_END_OF_LINE (tty) = TS_clr_line != 0; |
253 | 2680 |
2681 init_baud_rate (); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2682 if (read_socket_hook) /* Baudrate is somewhat |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2683 meaningless in this case */ |
253 | 2684 baud_rate = 9600; |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
2685 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2686 FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (sf) = 0; |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2687 FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (sf) = vertical_scroll_bar_none; |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
2688 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */ |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2689 |
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2690 xfree (buffer); |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2691 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2692 return tty; |
253 | 2693 } |
2694 | |
2695 /* VARARGS 1 */ | |
21514 | 2696 void |
253 | 2697 fatal (str, arg1, arg2) |
621 | 2698 char *str, *arg1, *arg2; |
253 | 2699 { |
2700 fprintf (stderr, "emacs: "); | |
2701 fprintf (stderr, str, arg1, arg2); | |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2702 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
253 | 2703 fflush (stderr); |
2704 exit (1); | |
2705 } | |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2706 |
21514 | 2707 void |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2708 syms_of_term () |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2709 { |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2710 DEFVAR_BOOL ("system-uses-terminfo", &system_uses_terminfo, |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2711 doc: /* Non-nil means the system uses terminfo rather than termcap. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
2712 This variable can be used by terminal emulator packages. */); |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2713 #ifdef TERMINFO |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2714 system_uses_terminfo = 1; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2715 #else |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2716 system_uses_terminfo = 0; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2717 #endif |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
2718 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2719 DEFVAR_LISP ("ring-bell-function", &Vring_bell_function, |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2720 doc: /* Non-nil means call this function to ring the bell. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
2721 The function should accept no arguments. */); |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
2722 Vring_bell_function = Qnil; |
25002 | 2723 |
2724 defsubr (&Stty_display_color_p); | |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2725 defsubr (&Stty_display_color_cells); |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2726 } |
25002 | 2727 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2728 struct tty_output * |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2729 get_current_tty () |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2730 { |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2731 return CURTTY(); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2732 } |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2733 |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
2734 |
52401 | 2735 /* arch-tag: 498e7449-6f2e-45e2-91dd-b7d4ca488193 |
2736 (do not change this comment) */ |